Democracy Spraffa

Agenda Document Pack - Community and Enterprise Resources Committee - 29/08/2023

South Lanarkshire Council · 29 August 2023
Back to Community and Enterprise Resources Committee — 29 August 2023 and its agenda

Text extracted from the council's PDF. Layout and reading order may differ from the original.

Original council PDF · Download plain text

Page 1

Council Offices, Almada Street        
Hamilton, ML3 0AA 
Monday, 21 August 2023 
Dear Councillor 
Community and Enterprise Resources Committee 
The Members listed below are requested to attend a meeting of the above Committee to be
held as follows:- 
Date:  Tuesday, 29 August 2023
Time:  14:00
Venue: Hybrid - Committee Room 1, Council Offices, Almada Street, Hamilton,
ML3 0AA 
The business to be considered at the meeting is listed overleaf. 
Yours sincerely 
Cleland Sneddon
Chief Executive 
Members 
Robert Brown (Chair), Maureen Devlin (Depute Chair), Joe Fagan (ex officio), John
Anderson, Ralph Barker, Walter Brogan, Andy Carmichael, Gerry Convery, Poppy Corbett,
Andrea Cowan, Margaret Cowie, Colin Dewar, Gladys Ferguson-Miller, Ross Gowland,
Graeme Horne, Cal Johnston-Dempsey, Susan Kerr, Martin Lennon, Richard Lockhart, Hugh
Macdonald, Ian McAllan, Kenny McCreary, Davie McLachlan, Carol Nugent, Helen Toner,
David Watson 
Substitutes
Alex Allison, Ross Clark, Margaret Cooper, Allan Falconer, Alistair Fulton, Lynsey Hamilton,
Ross Lambie, Lesley McDonald, Elaine McDougall, Mark McGeever, Richard Nelson,
Graham Scott, David Shearer 
1

Page 2

BUSINESS 
1 Declaration of Interests 
2 Minutes of Previous Meeting
Minutes of the meeting of the Community and Enterprise Resources
Committee held on 30 May 2023 submitted for approval as a correct
record.  (Copy attached) 
5 - 16 
Monitoring Item(s) 
3 Revenue Budget Monitoring 2022/2023 - Community and Enterprise
Resources
Joint report dated 9 June 2023 by the Executive Directors (Finance and
Corporate Resources) and (Community and Enterprise Resources).  (Copy
attached) 
17 - 28 
4 Revenue Budget Monitoring 2023/2024 - Community and Enterprise
Resources
Joint report dated 31 July 2023 by the Executive Directors (Finance and
Corporate Resources) and (Community and Enterprise Resources).  (Copy
attached) 
29 - 36 
5 Capital Budget Monitoring 2022/2023 - Community and Enterprise
Resources
Joint report dated 9 August 2023 by the Executive Directors (Finance and
Corporate Resources) and (Community and Enterprise Resources).  (Copy
attached) 
37 - 42 
6 Capital Budget Monitoring 2023/2024 - Community and Enterprise
Resources
Joint report dated 9 August 2023 by the Executive Directors (Finance and
Corporate Resources) and (Community and Enterprise Resources).  (Copy
attached) 
43 - 46 
7 Community and Enterprise Resources – Workforce Monitoring – April
to June 2023
Joint report dated 26 July 2023 by the Executive Directors (Finance and
Corporate Resources) and (Community and Enterprise Resources).  (Copy
attached) 
47 - 52 
Item(s) for Decision 
8 Community Benefit Funds – Renewable Energy Fund Grant
Applications
Report dated 7 August 2023 by the Executive Director (Community and
Enterprise Resources).  (Copy attached) 
53 - 58
2

Page 3

9  Scottish Government Vacant and Derelict Land Fund Programme
2023/2024
Report dated 7 August 2023 by the Executive Director (Community and
Enterprise Resources).  (Copy attached) 
59 - 64 
10  UK Shared Prosperity Fund Update
Report dated 7 August 2023 by the Executive Director (Community and
Enterprise Resources).  (Copy attached) 
65 - 76 
Item(s) for Noting 
11  Community and Enterprise Resource Plan - Quarter 4 Progress
Report 2022/2023
Report dated 7 August 2023 by the Executive Director (Community and
Enterprise Resources).  (Copy attached) 
77 - 98 
12  Hamilton Town Centre Masterplan
Report dated 7 August 2023 by the Executive Director (Community and
Enterprise Resources).  (Copy attached) 
99 - 106 
13  Hagshaw Energy Cluster Development Framework
Report dated 7 August 2023 by the Executive Director (Community and
Enterprise Resources).  (Copy attached) 
107 - 164 
14  Whitemoss Tennis Courts – East Kilbride
Report dated 7 August 2023 by the Executive Director (Community and
Enterprise Resources).  (Copy attached) 
165 - 168 
15  Roads Asset Management Plan 2023 - Update
Report dated 7 August 2023 by the Executive Director (Community and
Enterprise Resources).  (Copy attached) 
169 - 182 
Urgent Business 
16  Urgent Business
Any other items of business which the Chair decides are urgent. 
Exclusion of Press and Public 
17  Exclusion of Press and Public
It is recommended that the Committee makes the following resolution:-  
"That, in terms of Section 50A(4) of the Local Government (Scotland) Act
1973, the press and public be excluded from the meeting for the following
item(s) of business on the grounds that it is likely that there will be
disclosure of exempt information in terms of Paragraphs 6 and 14 of Part I
of Schedule 7A of the Act." 
3

Page 4

Item(s) for Decision 
18  Business Gateway – Future Delivery Model
• Exempt information in terms of Paragraph 6 of Part I of Schedule 7A of
the Act
• Exempt information in terms of Paragraph 14 of Part I of Schedule 7A
of the Act 
For further information, please contact:-
Clerk Name: Elizabeth-Anne McGonigle
Clerk Telephone: 07385 403101
Clerk Email: elizabeth-anne.mcgonigle@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
4

Page 5

COMMUNITY AND ENTERPRISE RESOURCES COMMITTEE 
Minutes of meeting held via Confero and in the Council Chamber, Council Offices, Almada Street,
Hamilton on 30 May 2023 
Chair:
Councillor Robert Brown 
Councillors Present:
Councillor John Anderson, Councillor Ralph Barker, Councillor Walter Brogan, Councillor Maureen
Chalmers, Councillor Ross Clark (substitute for Councillor Hugh Macdonald), Councillor Gerry
Convery, Councillor Andrea Cowan, Councillor Margaret Cowie, Councillor Maureen Devlin
(Depute), Councillor Colin Dewar, Councillor Joe Fagan, Councillor Gladys Ferguson-Miller,
Councillor Ross Gowland, Councillor Graeme Horne, Councillor Cal Johnston-Dempsey, Councillor
Richard Lockhart, Councillor Ian McAllan, Councillor Kenny McCreary, Councillor Lesley McDonald
(substitute for Councillor Andy Carmichael), Councillor Davie McLachlan, Councillor Carol Nugent,
Councillor Graham Scott (substitute for Councillor Martin Lennon), Councillor Helen Toner,
Councillor David Watson 
Councillors' Apologies:
Councillor Andy Carmichael, Councillor Poppy Corbett, Councillor Martin Lennon, Councillor Hugh
Macdonald 
Attending:
Community and Enterprise Resources
D Booth, Executive Director; A Brown, Head of Enterprise and Sustainable Development Services;
F Carlin, Head of Planning and Regulatory Services; K Carr, Head of Facilities, Waste and Grounds
Services; S Laird, Engineering Manager; K Lean, Programme Manager; K McGuire, Waste Services
Manager; I Ross, Project Manager; I Russell, Construction Unit Manager; G Simpson, Development
Adviser
Finance and Corporate Resources
J Davitt, Public Relations Team Leader; E Maxwell, Human Resources Business Partner; E-A
McGonigle, Administration Officer; L O’Hagan, Finance Manager (Strategy); T Slater, Administration
Adviser; M M Wilson, Legal Services Manager; L Wyllie, Administration Assistant; M Zabir, Finance
Adviser 
1 Declaration of Interests 
No interests were declared. 
2 Minutes of Previous Meeting 
The minutes of the meeting of the Community and Enterprise Resources Committee held on 14
March 2023 were submitted for approval as a correct record. 
The Committee decided: that the minutes be approved as a correct record.
2
5

Page 6

3 Community and Enterprise Resources - Workforce Monitoring – January to March
2023 
A joint report dated 14 April 2023 by the Executive Directors (Finance and Corporate
Resources) and (Community and Enterprise Resources) was submitted on the following
employee information for Community and Enterprise Resources for the period January to March
2023:- 
 attendance statistics
 occupational health statistics
 accident/incident statistics
 disciplinary hearings, grievances and Dignity at Work cases
 analysis of leavers and exit interviews
 staffing watch as at 10 December 2022 
Officers answered a member’s question in relation to trends in attendance statistics and
disciplinary, grievance and dignity at work statistics and how those compared with pre-COVID-
19 statistics. 
There followed a full discussion in response to a member’s question about recruitment and
retention of staff in the Resource, specifically:- 
 the concerningly high number of vacancies and what actions were being taken to address
this issue
 the impact, if any, the recruitment gap was having on:-
 service delivery
 staff wellbeing
 absence rates
 which parts of the Resource were affected the most 
The Committee decided: that the report be noted. 
[Reference: Minutes of 14 March 2023 (Paragraph 5)] 
Councillor Horne entered the meeting during consideration of the above item of business 
4 Community and Enterprise Resource Plan 2023/2024
A report dated 10 May 2023 by the Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources)
was submitted on the Community and Enterprise Resource Plan 2023/2024. 
Details were provided on the Resource Plan for 2023/2024, attached as Appendix 1 to the
report, which outlined the:- 
 key areas of focus for the year ahead
 Resource outcomes
 measures and actions
 resourcing of the Plan 
Following approval at individual Resource Committees, the Resource Plans for 2023/2024
would be submitted, as a pack, to the meeting of the Executive Committee to be held on 21
June 2023 for noting.
6

Page 7

The Resource had established a number of outcomes to support the delivery of the Council
Plan, Connect outcomes in 2023/2024. To support those outcomes, the Resource had
developed performance measures in an action plan detailed in Section 4 of the Resource Plan. 
Key or strategic measures would be included in the Council Plan progress reports 2023/2024,
with the remaining measures being monitored and reported at Resource level. 
In line with the Council’s performance management arrangements, a mid-year progress report
on measures identified in the 2023/2024 Community and Enterprise Resource Plan and an end
of year report respectively would be submitted to future meetings of the Committee. 
Once approved, the Resource Plan would be made available on the Council’s website. 
The Committee decided: 
(1) that the Resource Plan 2023/2024, attached as Appendix 1 to the report, be approved; 
(2) that the Resource Plan 2023/2024 be uploaded onto the Council’s website following
consideration by this Committee; 
(3) that it be noted that, following Committee approval, all Resource Plans would be submitted
to the Executive Committee on 21 June 2023 for noting; and 
(4) that it be noted that Progress Reports on the Resource Plan 2023/2024 would be
submitted, at Quarter 2 and Quarter 4, to future meetings of this Committee. 
Councillors Chalmers and Toner entered the meeting during consideration of the above item of
business 
5 Town Centre and Place Based Investment Programme - Update
A report dated 10 May 2023 by the Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources)
was submitted:- 
 providing an update on town centre activity
 updating members on the allocation of year 3 of the Place Based Investment Programme
(PBIP) 
The nature of town centres across the UK was in a transitional stage and the challenges were
broad and complex.  Factors such as the economic downturn, internet shopping, the growth of
out of town shopping malls, changes in retailers’ business models and consumer expectations
had resulted in a decline in footfall. 
Some of the issues were local and specific to individual towns, however, many were seen
across the country and influenced by wider economic patterns, consumer behaviour and
corporate decisions.  Supporting town centres, however, remained a Council priority and officers
would continue to work in partnership with groups and organisations in each town to achieve
common goals. 
Across the 10 towns defined in the South Lanarkshire Local Development Plan (LDP), there was
active and ongoing engagement with the most appropriate groups in each. Those ranged from
Business Improvement Districts (BIDs), Development Trusts, community councils and private
property owners.
7

Page 8

Town Centre Strategies and Action Plans had been approved for Hamilton, Cambuslang,
Larkhall and Blantyre, with work now underway in Rutherglen.  The Hamilton Strategy was in the
process of being refreshed and would be presented to the Committee at a future meeting. 
Similar plans were being progressed by communities in Lanark and Carluke and master
planning work was underway by the owners of East Kilbride. 
Officers in Economic Development were working with all key stakeholders across the towns and
had commissioned the following 2 pieces of work which would set the direction of work around
town centres going forward and would inform and align with existing and emerging funding
opportunities:- 
 Town Centre Visioning
 Transition to Net Zero 
Officers in Enterprise, Planning and Community Engagement were working with colleagues in
the Improvement Service on a pilot project in Rutherglen called Shaping Places for Wellbeing. 
The multi-agency project was working in 7 towns across Scotland.  The initiative was still in the
early stages, however, it was hoped it would become a useful model for working with
communities across South Lanarkshire. 
Detailed information on current initiatives was provided at section 4 of the report and those
included:- 
 East Kilbride Town Centre Masterplan
 Hamilton Town Centre Masterplan
 PBIP
 Town Centre Living 
The Scottish Government had announced in its Programme for Government in February 2021,
that it proposed to implement a PBIP over the 5 year period of the Parliament.  The funding was
targeted at addressing some of the challenges faced by Scotland’s places across the country. 
The Council had been awarded £2.003 million for year one of the Programme, £1.74 million for
year 2 and £1.213 million for each of the remaining 3 years. 
The PBIP had just entered year 3 and the projects for years one and 2 were complete, or on
target to complete, in line with the terms around financial spend of the grant award.  Two
projects – Larkhall Leisure Centre and Lanark Outdoor Space - had been carried into year 3 due
to delays.   
The budget for year 3 included £331,000 carried forward from year 2 and Shared Prosperity
Funds of £390,000, giving an overall budget allocation for year 3 of £1.934 million.  There was
also an allocation of £223,000 from the Shared Prosperity Funds for year 4 which gave a total of
£1.436 million. The proposed allocation for year 3 of the Programme was detailed at paragraph
4.4.3 of the report and partial allocation of year 4 funding was also detailed. 
As with previous years, the allocations were estimated based on detailed work carried out by the
applicants and Council officers.  Previous years had seen variations to project costs and
timescales and, in line with previous years, it was recommended that the Executive Director
(Community and Enterprise Resources) be given authority to vary the funding between projects
within the constraints of the PBIP. 
Officers responded to members’ questions in relation to the following:- 
 progress with the Blantyre Town Centre Strategy and Action Plan
 the Coalyard Housing project in Larkhall and how this would impact the existing running
track in the area
8

Page 9

 the East Kilbride Town Centre Masterplan and specifically:-
 how much influence the Council would have if the Masterplan did not meet
expectations
 the importance of the Civic Centre site being a crucial part of that Masterplan
 ensuring the Council was fully involved in discussions and supported the consultation
and public engagement exercises that would follow 
The Committee decided: 
(1) that the updates provided in sections 3 and 4 of the report be noted; 
(2) that the proposals set out in sections 4.4.3 and 4.4.4 of the report be approved; and 
(3) that the Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources) be authorised to
proceed with the allocation of funding for year 3 of the PBIP, as set out in sections 4.4.3
and 4.4.4 of the report. 
6 Appointment of Public Analysts, Agricultural Analysts and Food Examiners
A report dated 15 May 2023 by the Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources)
was submitted on the legislative requirement to appoint Public Analysts, Agricultural Analysts
and Food Examiners for the Council. 
The Local Government etc (Scotland) Act 1994 placed a duty on local authorities to appoint one
or more Public Analyst and Agricultural Analyst to undertake duties associated with the Food
Safety Act 1990.  Whilst there was no statutory requirement to appoint Food Examiners, it was
considered prudent to do so. 
The City of Edinburgh Council had been contracted to undertake analytical services on behalf of
the Council since 2007. At its meeting held on 22 May 2018, the Committee approved the
appointment of Robert C Beattie and Christopher Hunt as Public Analysts, Agricultural Analysts
and Food Examiners.   
Robert C Beattie retired from the City of Edinburgh Council in 2022 and Christopher Hunt was
due to retire imminently.  Therefore, there was a need to appoint new personnel to fulfil the roles
of appointed Public Analysts, Agricultural Analysts and Food Examiners for the Council. 
Edinburgh Scientific Services had entered into a working agreement with Aberdeen Scientific
Services and this resulted in Karen Maddison being appointed as Public Analyst and Agricultural
Analyst at the Edinburgh site.  The City of Edinburgh Council had also appointed Sarah Green
and Claire Brechin as Food Examiners.  It was, therefore, proposed that those individuals would
act on behalf of South Lanarkshire Council in their respective roles. 
There were no additional financial implications associated with the appointment of the Public
Analysts, Agricultural Analysts and Food Examiners because it sat within the context of an
existing contract the Council had entered into with the City of Edinburgh Council in June 2021 to
provide scientific services.  That contract was due to end in June 2025 with the option, at that
time, to extend the contract for a further year.   
The Committee decided: 
(1) that the appointment of Karen Maddison of Aberdeen Scientific Services to act on behalf of
South Lanarkshire Council as Public Analyst and Agricultural Analyst be approved; and
9

Page 10

(2) that the appointment of Sarah Green and Claire Brechin of City of Edinburgh Council to act
on behalf of South Lanarkshire Council as Food Examiners be approved. 
[Reference: Minutes of the Community Resources Committee of 21 August 2007 (Paragraph 7)
and Minutes of 22 May 2018 (Paragraph 14)] 
7 On-Request Garden Waste Collection
A report dated 15 May 2023 by the Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources)
was submitted seeking approval not to reinstate the on-request garden waste collection service. 
A review of the Waste Management Service was currently underway which would consider the
Service’s current and future operating model.  The COVID-19 pandemic had impacted all areas
of the Service which included the day to day operations, the ability to deliver all pre-pandemic
services and the increase in waste tonnages within the household collection service that had
resulted from home working and societal change.  The Service also operated within a complex
legislative environment and was subject to often volatile market conditions in the disposal of
waste.  Those factors would be incorporated into the review process. 
Details of the review were provided at section 3 of the report and the Committee would be
presented with reports as the review progressed. 
The on-request garden waste uplift service had been suspended since the onset of COVID-19 in
March 2020 to allow the Council to focus resources on the household refuse collection service. 
Since suspension of the on-request garden waste uplift service, new contractual arrangements
for the disposal of this waste stream had been implemented.  If the service was reinstated,
vehicles would have to travel further to the processor, and labour and transport costs would
increase.  The new contract had also seen an increase in disposal costs per tonne which would
equate to an additional £0.130 million per annum based on pre COVID-19 tonnages.  There was
no identified budget for those costs.  A saving of £0.100 million would be realised for the Council
if the on-request garden waste uplift service was not reinstated. 
Residents could continue to use the Council’s 6 household waste recycling centres to dispose of
their garden waste.  Additionally, the service had a small number of hot composters available
that could be provided free of charge to residents who did not have a food/garden waste
collection service. 
Officers responded to members’ questions on various aspects of the report. 
The Committee decided: 
(1) that the operational and financial position, outlined at section 4.1 of the report, be noted;
and 
(2) that it be agreed not to reinstate the on-request garden waste collection service. 
8 Community Benefit Funds – Renewable Energy Fund Grant Applications 
A report dated 16 May 2023 by the Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources)
was submitted on 2 grant applications to the Community Benefit Fund.  Community Benefit
Funds had been established to provide funding to suitable projects providing community benefit
in eligible areas.
10

Page 11

It was proposed that, subject to the applicants providing written confirmation that all other
additional funding for the projects had been secured, a grant be awarded of up to a maximum
of:- 
 £100,000 towards eligible costs associated with facilitating East Kilbride United in the
construction of a new artificial pitch from the Whitelee Windfarm Renewable Energy Fund
 £72,988 towards eligible costs associated with the management and maintenance of the
network of routes throughout the Whitelee Windfarm area to East Renfrewshire Council
from the Whitelee Windfarm Renewable Energy Fund 
The Committee decided: that, subject to the applicants providing written confirmation
that all other additional funding for the projects had been
secured, a grant be awarded of up to a maximum of:- 
 £100,000 towards eligible costs associated with
facilitating East Kilbride United in the construction of
a new artificial pitch from the Whitelee Windfarm
Renewable Energy Fund
 £72,988 towards eligible costs associated with the
management and maintenance of the network of
routes throughout the Whitelee Windfarm area to
East Renfrewshire Council from the Whitelee
Windfarm Renewable Energy Fund 
[Reference: Minutes of 4 October 2022 (Paragraph 9)] 
Councillor Johnston-Dempsey entered the meeting during consideration of the above item of
business 
9 Community Benefit Funds – Annual Report 
A report dated 10 May 2023 by the Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources)
was submitted on grants awarded in 2022/2023 from the Community Benefit Funds
administered by the Council’s Enterprise and Sustainable Development Services. 
The Community Benefit Funds had been established to provide funding to suitable projects
providing community benefits in eligible areas.  Details of the grants awarded in 2022/2023 were
provided in appendices 1 to 4 to the report. 
A publicity document for 2022/2023 would be prepared with the purpose of raising awareness of
the Community Benefit Funds and their support of communities.  This annual report would be
circulated and publicised digitally, with 50 copies made available to councillors and groups. 
Officers responded to a member’s question around whether it would be possible to consider
introducing an inflation clause due to the increased profits that the windfarms would be making,
resulting from the increased cost of electricity. 
The Committee decided: 
(1) that the Community Benefit Funds administered by the Council and the grants awarded
under the Renewable Energy Fund (REF), Clyde Wind Farm Fund (CWFF) and Quarry
Funds in 2022/2023 be noted; and
11

Page 12

(2) that the completion of a publicity report for Community Benefit Funds grants 2022/2023 be
approved. 
[Reference: Minutes of 9 August 2022 (Paragraph 10)] 
10 South Lanarkshire Council Cemetery Strategy 2023 to 2033 
A report dated 15 May 2023 by the Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources)
was submitted on the Cemetery Strategy for South Lanarkshire covering the period 2023 to
2033. 
South Lanarkshire Council operated a Bereavement Service that provided a dignified and
sensitive burial and cremation service.  The key piece of legislation governing the Service was
the Burial and Cremation (Scotland) Act 2016 which was passed by the Scottish Parliament on
22 March 2016.  A Working Group had been formed in July 2016 to commence regulations of
the Act.  Priority had been given to implementing Part 2 of the Act on Cremation and resulted in
the Cremation (Scotland) Regulation 2019.   
The COVID-19 pandemic disrupted and delayed progress, however, a current iteration of the
Burial Regulations Working Group was set up in December 2021 and was continuing the work of
previous Groups.  The remit of the Group was to inform the regulation of burial authorities and
grounds in Scotland, to develop statutory guidance and to create a Code of Practice for burial
authorities. 
The Burial and Cremation (Scotland) Act 2016 stated that, for the provision of burial ground,
each local authority:- 
 must provide one burial ground within the area of the local authority
 might provide other burial grounds within that area 
There was no legal requirement for the Council to provide a burial ground within each town or
within a specific area. 
The right of burial could only be sold by the local authority and, at present, rights were sold in
perpetuity, however, on implementation of the full Burial and Cremation (Scotland) Act 2016,
rights would be sold on a lease basis of 25 years (excluding lairs owned by the Commonwealth
Graves Commission which would remain in perpetuity).  If the lair was unused within a 25 year
period, the Council would write to the lease holder prior to expiry to confirm intention to use. 
Under the Act, and previously the National Assistance Act 1984, the Council had a legal
obligation to provide burial or cremation for anyone who died in the local authority who had no
funds left for their funeral nor anyone willing to apply for a service. 
The Cemetery Strategy 2023 to 2033, attached as an appendix to the report, would assist the
Council in providing, maintaining and managing its cemeteries over the long-term.  The Strategy
detailed:- 
 the purpose and vision
 the legal context
 the demographic context, demand and capacity
 cemetery rules and areas for development
 cemetery infrastructure and maintenance
 the strategy for the short, medium and long term
12

Page 13

The key points of the Strategy were detailed in section 4 of the report and those included:- 
 a catchment approach to cemetery capacity
 increasing existing capacity 
The capital funding allocation for cemeteries in 2023/2024 was £0.662 million and this would be
used for completion of the Philipshill cemetery extension and for infrastructure investment in
order that statutory obligations could be delivered.  A further £1.148 million had been allocated
for 2024/2025 and beyond, which would be used on the remaining areas outlined in section 4.12
of the report. 
It was also intended to develop a Service-wide Bereavement Services Strategy and this would
be presented to the Committee for approval in March 2024. 
The Committee decided: 
(1) that the Cemetery Strategy for South Lanarkshire for the period 2023 to 2033 be approved,
including a catchment approach to managing cemetery capacity; and 
(2) that further work be undertaken to develop a Bereavement Services Strategy which would
be presented to a future meeting of the Committee for approval. 
11 UK Levelling Up Fund Update 
A report dated 10 May 2023 by the Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources)
was submitted providing an update on the outcome of round 2 of the UK Levelling Up Fund
(UKLUF) and on future rounds. 
On 3 March 2021, the UK budget had published the prospectus for round one of the UKLUF and
round 2 was launched on 24 March 2022 with a deadline for submission of 6 July 2022.   
The initial prospectus had provided an indicative budget of £4 billion for the UKLUF, which was
subsequently increased to £4.8 billion.  £800 million of that was set aside for Scotland, Wales
and Northern Ireland to 2024/2025. 
The UKLUF was a capital fund which focused on projects that required up to £20 million of grant
funding, with an additional 10% match funding. The 3 main themes of the UKLUF were:- 
 transport investments
 regeneration and town centre investments
 cultural investment 
Successful bids for round one were announced in November 2021 and in total £1.7 billion of
funding had been awarded to 105 projects in the UK, 8 of those in Scotland totalling £172
million.  The number of bids local authorities could submit within rounds one and 2 was linked to
the number of UK Parliamentary constituencies an authority had and this was detailed at
paragraph 3.5 of the report. 
The Council had submitted bids worth £45.4 million to the UKLUF for round 2 for the following
projects:- 
 Shawfield Remediation and Development project (£16.2 million)
 EV@SL electric vehicle charging project (£21.7 million)
 Three Rivers, Clydesdale Way South Lanarkshire project (£7.5 million)
13

Page 14

The round 2 UKLUF approvals were announced on 18 January 2023 and 10 Scottish local
authorities secured funding totalling £177 million, which was approximately 8% of the UK total. 
None of the bids from South Lanarkshire Council had been successful.  Local authorities that
had been successful in obtaining funding in round one did not receive funding in round 2. 
Written feedback was received from the UK Government on each of the projects and this was
summarised in paragraphs 4.6 to 4.8 of the report.   
A final round of the UKLUF was planned by the UK Government, however, details and
timescales for bids had not yet been published.  It was expected that the funds available to
Scotland in the final round would be around £90 million and the completion date of expenditure
would remain as March 2025.  Clarity was required from the UK Government on bidding
restrictions and guidance for the next round. 
The Committee decided: 
(1) that the outcome of the UK Levelling Up Fund bids be noted; and 
(2) that the information around future rounds be noted. 
12 Contract Award - Tanker Applied Roads Surface Coatings to Scottish Borders
Council 
A report dated 10 May 2023 by the Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources)
was submitted on action taken, in terms of Standing Order No. 37(c) in view of timescales
involved, by the Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources), in consultation with
the Chair and an ex officio member, to award a contract to Scottish Borders Council for Tanker
Applied Roads Surface Coatings under Regulation 13 of the Public Contracts (Scotland)
Regulations 2015. 
The Council’s Roads, Transportation and Feet Services had a requirement to supply and apply
liquid bitumen to carriageways to support maintenance operations.  There were 2 operations
supported by the service:- 
 supply and application of bond coat for carriageway resurfacing
 supply and application of binder for surface dressing operations 
Both operations were similar in nature and required specialist vehicles which the Council did not
operate. It was considered uneconomical for the Council to purchase or lease those vehicles
due to the number of projects and the limitation of use to summer months. 
The Council’s contract for this service had been with Scottish Borders Council since 2014 and
the most recent contract expired on 31 March 2023.  The Public Contracts (Scotland)
Regulations 2015 governed how public bodies in Scotland could procure goods, works and
services.  Regulation 13(8) stated that the regulations would not apply to procurements for the
award of a contract between contracting authorities.  This was known as the “Hamburg
exemption", the requirements of which were detailed at section 4.1 of the report.  The
contractual agreement met all of those requirements and Scottish Borders Council had the
capacity to undertake the works.
14

Page 15

The Committee decided:  that the action taken, in terms of Standing Order No
37(c), by the Executive Director (Community and
Enterprise Resources), in consultation with the Chair
and an ex officio member, to award the contract for
Tanker Applied Roads Surface Coating to Scottish
Borders Council for the period 1 May 2023 to 30 April
2028, be noted. 
[Reference: Minutes of 6 March 2018 (Paragraph 16)] 
13 Urgent Business 
There were no items of urgent business. 
15

Page 16

16

Page 17

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Community and Enterprise Resources Committee 
Date of Meeting: 29 August 2023
Report by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)
Executive Director (Community and Enterprise
Resources)  
Subject: Revenue Budget Monitoring 2022/2023 - Community
and Enterprise Resources 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:-
[purpose]
 provide information on the actual expenditure measured against the revenue
budget for the period 1 April 2022 to 31 March 2023 for Community and Enterprise
Resources
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):- 
(1) that the Community and Enterprise outturn position as at 31 March 2023 of an
underspend of £0.025 million after approved transfers to reserves, as detailed
in Appendix A of the report, be noted; and
(3) that the proposed budget virements as detailed in appendices B to F be
approved.
[1recs]
3. Background
3.1. This is the final revenue budget monitoring report presented to the Community and
Enterprise Resources Committee for the financial year 2022/2023. 
3.2. The report details the financial position for Community and Enterprise Resources in
appendix A for the full financial year 2022/2023 compared to the probable outturn
position and the individual Services’ reports in appendices B to F, including variance
explanation. 
4. Employee Implications
4.1. None 
5. Financial Implications
5.1. Year End Position as at 31 March 2023: The year end position is a reported
underspend of £0.025 million after approved transfers to reserves.  The Resource
position is detailed in Appendix A and the transfers to reserves by service area are
noted in appendices B to F.   
5.2 The underspend of £0.025 million is a net effect of underspends in employee costs
within Facilities, Waste and Grounds, Planning and Regulatory and Roads,
Transportation and Fleet services, an over recovery of Planning and Building
3
17

Page 18

Standards income and vehicle maintenance income within Fleet services. This is
partially offset by costs within Roads in relation to charging of Electric Vehicles, prior
to tariffs being introduced, overspend in transport costs within Fleet services due to
timing of efficiencies and expenditure in the workshop, costs associated with
replacement bin programme and medical costs across the service, as well as the
reduced levels of  income for school meals. Detailed variance explanations by service
area are included in appendices B to F.    
5.3 Virements are proposed to realign budgets across budget categories and with other
Resources.  These movements are detailed in the appendices B to F of this report.  
6. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
6.1 There are no implications for climate change, sustainability or the environment in terms
of the information contained in this report. 
7. Other Implications
7.1. The main risk associated with the Council’s revenue budget is that there is an
overspend.  There are inflationary and budget pressures including utilities, food and
fuel (as well as general inflation pressures) this year which increase the risk of
overspend, however, we have mitigated this going forward by providing additional
funds in future years’ budget strategy, and in this year, through some reserve funds
available.  There are also emerging underspends in employee costs which will help
offset increasing inflationary pressures. 
7.2. We will also continue to monitor the actual impact through 4 weekly budget monitoring
meetings at which any variance is analysed. In addition, the probable outturn exercise
ensures early warning for corrective action to be taken where appropriate. 
8 Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
8.1 This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and, therefore, no impact assessment
is required. 
8.2 There is also no requirement to undertake any consultation in terms of the information
contained in this report. 
Paul Manning
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) 
David Booth
Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources) 
9 June 2023 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Accountable, effective, efficient and transparent 
Previous References
 None 
18

Page 19

List of Background Papers
 Financial ledger and budget monitoring results to 31 March 2023. 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Louise Harvey, Finance Manager
Ext:-  2658 (Tel: 01698 452658)
E-mail:- louise.harvey@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
19

Page 20

Appendix A 
SOUTH LANARKSHIRE COUNCIL 
Revenue Budget Monitoring Report 
Community and Enterprise Resources: Period 14 Ended 31 March 2023 (No. 14) 
Community and Enterprise Resources Summary 
Annual
Budget 
Forecast
for Year
BEFORE
Transfers
Annual
Forecast
Variance
BEFORE
Transfers
Annual
Forecast
Variance
AFTER
Transfers
Budget
Proportion
31/03/23
Actual 
BEFORE
Transfers
31/03/23
Variance 
31/03/23 
%
Variance
31/03/23 
Note 
£000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000   
Budget Category           
Employee Costs 94,868 92,492 2,376 2,376 94,868 91,807 3,061 under 3.2% 
Property Costs 4,418 5,132 (714) (814) 4,418 5,595 (1,177) over (26.6%) 
Supplies & Services 17,738 18,095 (357) (397) 17,738 18,523 (785) over (4.4%) 
Transport & Plant 23,550 23,991 (441) (441) 23,550 24,782 (1,232) over (5.2%) 
Administration Costs 800 972 (172) (172) 800 1,043 (243) over (30.4%) 
Payments to Other Bodies 12,038 12,113 (75) (75) 12,038 12,231 (193) over (1.6%) 
Payments to Contractors 46,750 46,412 338 (792) 46,750 46,278 472 under 1.0% 
Transfer Payments 603 603 0 0 603 604 (1) over (0.2%) 
Financing Charges 185 237 (52) (52) 185 240 (55) over (29.7%) 
Total Controllable Exp. 200,950 200,047 903 (367) 200,950 201,103 (153) over (0.1%) 
Total Controllable Inc. (71,515) (71,889) 374 374 (71,515) (73,223) 1,708 over
recovered 2.4% 
Net Controllable Exp. 129,435 128,284 1,277 7 129,435 127,880 1,555 under 1.2% 
Transfer to Reserves 
(as at 31/03/23) - 1,270 (1,270) - - 1,530 (1,530) over  
Position After Transfers to
Reserves 
(as at 31/03/23)
129,435 129,428 7 7 129,435 129,410 25      under 0.0% 
Variance Explanations 
Detailed in appendices B to F. 
Budget Virements 
Budget virements are shown in appendices B to F. 
Approved Transfers to Reserves 
Detailed in appendices B to F 
20

Page 21

Appendix B 
SOUTH LANARKSHIRE COUNCIL 
Revenue Budget Monitoring Report 
Community and Enterprise Resources: Period 14 Ended 31 March 2023 (No. 14) 
Facilities, Waste and Grounds Services 
Annual
Budget 
Forecast
for Year
BEFORE
Transfers
Annual
Forecast
Variance
BEFORE
Transfers
Annual
Forecast
Variance
AFTER
Transfers
Budget
Proportion
31/03/23
Actual 
BEFORE
Transfers
31/03/23
Variance 
31/03/23 
%
Variance
31/03/23
Note 
£000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000   
Budget Category           
Employee Costs 60,081 59,230 851 851 60,081 58,638 1,443 under 2.4% 1,c,d
Property Costs 1,856 2,048 (192) (292) 1,856 2,344 (488) over (26.3%) 2
Supplies & Services 8,586 8,603 (17) (17) 8,586 9,175 (589) over (6.9%) 3,a,b,c
Transport & Plant 8,506 8,523 (17) (17) 8,506 8,499 7 under 0.1% 
Administration Costs 165 211 (46) (46) 165 289 (124) over (75.2%) 4
Payments to Other Bodies 51 53 (2) (2) 51 49 2 under 3.9% 
Payments to Contractors 16,012 14,783 1,229 99 16,012 14,619 1,393 under 8.7% 5,b
Transfer Payments 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - n/a 
Financing Charges 45 63 (18) (18) 45 70 (25) over (55.6%) 6           
Total Controllable Exp. 95,302 93,514 1,788 558 95,302 93,683 1,619 under 1.7% 
Total Controllable Inc. (19,583) (19,552) (31) (31) (19,583) (19,774) 191 over
recovered 1.0% 7,c
Net Controllable Exp. 75,719 73,962 1,757 527 75,719 73,909 1,810 under 2.4% 
Transfer to Reserves 
(as at 31/03/23) - 1,230 (1,230) - - 1,440 (1,440) over  
Position After Transfers to
Reserves 
(as at 31/03/23)
75,719 75,192 527 527 75,719 75,349             370     under 0.5% 
Variance Explanations 
1.        The variance was mainly due to vacancies within School Crossing Patrollers, Catering and Janitors Services within Facilities and turnover and staff
working on reduced hourly contracts as a result of flexible retirement throughout the service.
2.  The overspend was due to greater than budgeted expenditure on refuse uplifts and health and hygiene charges within Janitorial Service and rates
charges associated with historic public conveniences and higher than anticipated expenditure on the security and upkeep of the Castlehill Transfer
station. In addition, the overspend was also due to the retention of the additional death facility at Peel Park, however partial income was recovered this
financial year to support those costs.  
3.  The overspend was mainly due to higher than anticipated expenditure on bin purchases and PPE along with upgrading of IT systems within Waste. In
addition, there was a greater spend within Grounds on general materials because of additional service requests which were recoverable. These were
partially offset by an underspend within Facilities on school meals food purchases partially offset by an overspend on equipment. 
4.  The overspend was mainly due to an overspend on medical costs throughout the service along with printing costs within Facilities Management. 
5. The variance was mainly due to income received from the disposal of both fibres and containers within the Waste Service. 
6. The overspend was due to increased IT leasing costs.
7. The over recovery of income mainly related to an over recovery within Waste, Grounds and Streets because of additional service requests from
Housing and Technical Resources, additional service requests within Facilities Management and income recovered from North Lanarkshire Council
and the NHS for the additional death facility at Peel Park. This is partially offset by a decrease in uptake of the Care of Gardens Service, no income
recovered from Adoption Monies within Grounds, an under recovery in school meals income which was increased due to loss of income from school
closures and teachers strike days and less demand for bereavement services within Streets and Bereavement. 
Budget Virements 
a. Transfer of budget to capital for CFCR in respect of Chatelherault Allotments and works at the Palace Grounds. Net effect (£0.094m): Supplies and
Services (£0.094m).
b. Transfer of budget from reserves in respect of the Crematorium sinking fund and realignment of virement from earlier in the year in respect of the IT
Development fund. Net effect (£0.046m): Supplies and Services (£0.062m), Payment to Contractors £0.016m.
c. Realignment of budget to reflect service provision within Amenity and Facilities. Net effect £0.000m: Employees (£0.011m), Supplies and Services
(£0.022m), Income £0.033m. 
d. Transfer of budget in relation to apprenticeship levy. Net effect £0.232m: Employees £0.232m. 
21

Page 22

Approved Transfers to Reserves (£1.440m): 
i. Allotments - (£0.100m)
ii. Crematorium Sinking fund - (£0.050m)
iii. Unbudgeted Waste Income - (£1.080m)
iv. Waste - (£0.210m) 
22

Page 23

Appendix C 
SOUTH LANARKSHIRE COUNCIL 
Revenue Budget Monitoring Report 
Community and Enterprise Resources: Period 14 Ended 31 March 2023 (No. 14) 
Planning and Regulatory Services 
Annual
Budget 
Forecast
for Year
BEFORE
Transfers
Annual
Forecast
Variance
BEFORE
Transfers
Annual
Forecast
Variance
AFTER
Transfers
Budget
Proportion
31/03/23
Actual 
BEFORE
Transfers
31/03/23
Variance 
31/03/23 
%
Variance
31/03/23
Note 
£000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000   
Budget Category           
Employee Costs 7,426 7,029 397 397 7,426 6,940 486 under 6.5% 1,b,c
Property Costs 298 300 (2) (2) 298 299 (1) over (0.3%) b
Supplies & Services 252 266 (14) (14) 252 256 (4) over (1.6%) a,b
Transport & Plant 572 537 35 35 572 544 28 under 4.9% 2,b
Administration Costs 130 134 (4) (4) 130 149 (19) over (14.6%) 3,b
Payments to Other Bodies 2,419 2,342 77 77 2,419 2,332 87 under 3.6% 4,b,d
Payments to Contractors 1,492 1,517 (25) (25) 1,492 1,663 (171) over (11.5%) 5,b
Transfer Payments 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - n/a 
Financing Charges 46 63 (17) (17) 46 62 (16) over (34.8%) 6           
Total Controllable Exp. 12,635 12,188 447 447 12,635 12,245 390 under 3.1% 
Total Controllable Inc. (7,501) (8,096) 595 595 (7,501) (8,267) 766 over
recovered 10.2% 7,b,d
Net Controllable Exp. 5,134 4,092 1,042 1,042 5,134 3,978 1,156 under 22.5% 
Transfer to Reserves 
(as at 31/03/23) - - - - - - - -  
Position After Transfers to
Reserves 
(as at 31/03/23)
5,134 4,092 1,042 1,042 5,134 3,978 1,156 under 22.5% 
Variance Explanations 
1. The variance was mainly due to vacant posts within the services and staff turnover.
2. The variance was mainly due to lower than anticipated pool car charges within Environmental Services.
3. The over spend was mainly due to legal costs associated with planning inquiries.
4. The variance was mainly due to lower than anticipated expenditure on scientific services within Environmental Services.
5. The overspend was mainly due to greater than anticipated expenditure on clinical waste which was offset by an over recovery of income within
Environmental services.
6. The overspend was due to higher than budgeted IT leasing costs within Environmental and Planning & Building Standards.
7. The over recovery was due to a greater demand for Planning and Building standard applications and greater than anticipated income from the
recovery of clinical waste and income from property checks for Ukrainian refugees. 
Budget Virements 
a. Realignment of virement from earlier in the year in respect of the IT Development Fund within Environmental. Net (£0.030m): Supplies and Services
(£0.030m). 
b. Realignment of budget to reflect service delivery within Projects and Planning. Net effect £0.000m: Employees (£0.008m), Property £0.105m, Supplies
and Services £0.012m, Transport and Plant £0.017m, Administration (£0.016m), Payments to Other Bodies £0.066m, Payment to Contractor (£0.147m),
Income (£0.029m).
c. Transfer of budget in relation to apprenticeship levy. Net effect £0.026m: Employees £0.026m.
d. Establish budget for non-Capital spend. Net effect £0.000m: Payment to Other Bodies £2.077m, Income (£2.077m). 
23

Page 24

Appendix D 
SOUTH LANARKSHIRE COUNCIL 
Revenue Budget Monitoring Report 
Community and Enterprise Resources: Period 14 Ended 31 March 2023 (No. 14) 
South Lanarkshire Leisure and Culture 
Annual
Budget 
Forecast
for Year
BEFORE
Transfers
Annual
Forecast
Variance
BEFORE
Transfers
Annual
Forecast
Variance
AFTER
Transfers
Budget
Proportion
31/03/23
Actual 
BEFORE
Transfers
31/03/23
Variance 
31/03/23 
%
Variance
31/03/23
Note 
£000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000   
Budget Category           
Employee Costs 4 6 (2) (2) 4 6 (2) over (50.0%) 
Property Costs 98 76 22 22 98 92 6 under 6.1% 1
Supplies & Services 0 0 0 0 0 1 (1) over n/a 
Transport & Plant 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - n/a 
Administration Costs 8 9 (1) (1) 8 10 (2) over (25.0%) 
Payments to Other Bodies 80 91 (11) (11) 80 71 9 under 11.3% 2
Payments to Contractors 24,352 24,352 0 0 24,352 24,349 3 under 0.0% a
Transfer Payments 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - n/a 
Financing Charges 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - n/a 
Total Controllable Exp. 24,542 24,534 8 8 24,542 24,529 13 under 0.1% 
Total Controllable Inc. 0 (4) 4 4 0 (5) 5 over
recovered n/a 
Net Controllable Exp. 24,542 24,530 12 12 24,542 24,524 18 under 0.1% 
Transfer to Reserves 
(as at 31/03/23) - - - - - - - -  
Position After Transfers to
Reserves 
(as at 31/03/23)
24,542 24,530 12 12 24,542 24,524 18      under  0.1% 
Variance Explanations 
1. The variance related to reduced service charges for East Kilbride ice rink.
2. The variance related to lower expenditure costs on the fireworks display held at Strathclyde Park.   
Budget Virements 
a. Transfer of funding from corporate items for the Warm Welcome Initiative. Net £0.600m: Payment to Contractors £0.600m. 
24

Page 25

Appendix E 
SOUTH LANARKSHIRE COUNCIL 
Revenue Budget Monitoring Report 
Community and Enterprise Resources: Period 14 Ended 31 March 2023 (No. 14) 
Enterprise and Sustainable Development 
Annual
Budget 
Forecast
for Year
BEFORE
Transfers
Annual
Forecast
Variance
BEFORE
Transfers
Annual
Forecast
Variance
AFTER
Transfers
Budget
Proportion
31/03/23
Actual 
BEFORE
Transfers
31/03/23
Variance 
31/03/23 
%
Variance
31/03/23
Note 
£000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000   
Budget Category           
Employee Costs 5,363 5,255 108 108 5,363 5,195 168 under 3.1% 1,b,c
Property Costs 806 816 (10) (10) 806 865 (59) over (7.3%) 2,b
Supplies & Services 301 312 (11) (11) 301 315 (14) over (4.7%) 3,
Transport & Plant 47 42 5 5 47 43 4 under 8.5% 
Administration Costs 99 77 22 22 99 87 12 under 12.1% 4,b
Payments to Other Bodies 3,855 3,894 (39) (39) 3,855 3,915 (60) over (1.6%) 5,a,b
Payments to Contractors 303 303 0 0 303 349 (46) over (15.2%) 6,b
Transfer Payments 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - n/a 
Financing Charges 44 36 8 8 44 45 (1) over (2.3%) 
Total Controllable Exp. 10,818 10,735 83 83 10,818 10,814 4 under 0.0% 
Total Controllable Inc. (4,585) (4,616) 31 31 (4,585) (4,699) 114 over
recovered 2.5% 7,b
Net Controllable Exp. 6,233 6,119 114 114 6,233 6,115 118 under 1.9% 
Transfer to Reserves 
(as at 31/03/23) - - - - - - - -  
Position After Transfers to
Reserves 
(as at 31/03/23)
6,233 6,119 114 114 6,233 6,115 118       under 1.9% 
Variance Explanations 
1. This variance was mainly due to vacant posts and staff turnover within the services. 
2. The over spend was mainly due to additional service provision at the vaccination centre in Council Headquarters which was offset by an over recovery
of income received from NHS Lanarkshire.
3. The over spend mainly related to greater than budgeted IT costs within Business Support.
4. The variance was due to lower than anticipated printing & stationery, telephone costs and membership fees within Business Support.
5. The overspend was due to higher than anticipated costs for Christmas events.
6. The over spend was mainly due payments made for Leisure staff costs supporting community testing. This spend was offset by an over recovery
income from NHS Lanarkshire.
7. The income is over recovered due to greater than budgeted rental income within Support Services and income recovered for the additional service
provision for community testing and the vaccination centre. 
Budget Virements 
a. Carry forward of funding in respect of Food Strategy, Climate Change and Get South Lanarkshire Working. Net effect (£0.743m): Payment to Other
Bodies (£0.743m).
b. Realignment of budget to reflect service delivery within Support and Economic Development. Net effect £0.000m: Employees £0.067, Property
£0.008m, Administration (£0.001m), Payment to Other Bodies (£0.349m), Payment to Contractors £0.252m, Income (£0.023m).
c. Transfer of budget in relation to apprenticeship levy. Net effect £0.018m: Employees £0.018m. 
25

Page 26

Appendix F 
SOUTH LANARKSHIRE COUNCIL 
Revenue Budget Monitoring Report 
Community and Enterprise Resources: Period 14 Ended 31 March 2023 (No. 14) 
Roads, Transportation and Fleet Services 
Annual
Budget 
Forecast
for Year
BEFORE
Transfers
Annual
Forecast
Variance
BEFORE
Transfers
Annual
Forecast
Variance
AFTER
Transfers
Budget
Proportion
31/03/23
Actual 
BEFORE
Transfers
31/03/23
Variance 
31/03/23 
%
Variance
31/03/23
Note 
£000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000   
Budget Category           
Employee Costs 21,994 20,972 1,022 1,022 21,994 21,028 966 under 4.4% 1,e
Property Costs 1,360 1,892 (532) (532) 1,360 1,995 (635) over (46.7%) 2,b
Supplies & Services 8,599 8,914 (315) (355) 8,599 8,776 (177) over (2.1%) 3,a
Transport & Plant 14,425 14,889 (464) (464) 14,425 15,696 (1,271) over (8.8%) 4,
Administration Costs 398 541 (143) (143) 398 508 (110) over (27.6%) 5
Payments to Other Bodies 5,633 5,733 (100) (100) 5,633 5,864 (231) over (4.1%) 6
Payments to Contractors 4,591 5,457 (866) (866) 4,591 5,298 (707) over (15.4%) 7,a,c,d,f
Transfer Payments 603 603 0 0 603 604 (1) over (0.2%) 
Financing Charges 50 75 (25) (25) 50 63 (13) over (26.0%) 8           
Total Controllable Exp. 57,653 59,076 (1,423) (1,463) 57,653 59,832 (2,179) over (3.8%) 
Total Controllable Inc. (39,846) (39,621) (225) (225) (39,846) (40,478) 632 over
recovered 1.6% 9,b,c
Net Controllable Exp. 17,807 19,455 (1,648) (1,688) 17,807 19,354 (1,547) over (8.7%) 
Transfer to Reserves 
(as at 31/03/23) - 40 (40) - - 90 (90)   
Position After Transfers to
Reserves 
(as at 31/03/23)
17,807 19,495 (1,688) (1,688) 17,807 19,444 (1,637) over (9.2%) 
Variance Explanations 
1.  The variance related to staff turnover and vacancies within Roads and Fleet.  
2. The overspend was in the main due to higher than anticipated electricity costs for electrical vehicle charging points and the upkeep of Roads depots.
3. The overspend mainly relates to increased costs for annual subscriptions for computer licences, general materials and PPE within the Roads service.
4. The overspend was mainly due to the timing of efficiencies and greater than anticipated expenditure in the workshop within Fleet services.
5. The overspend is mainly due to a greater than budgeted spend on printing & stationery, telephones, membership fees and medical costs within Fleet
services and advertising of road closures and training costs within Roads.
6. The overspend was mainly due to payments in respect of WoSLA for winter weather forecasts being greater than anticipated. This was partially offset
by an over recovery of income.
7. The overspend resulted from an increased level of sub-contractors being used within Roads Construction due to staff turnover during the year and,
also the level of specialist works required. In addition, further overspends were within Structures due to accident damage and Traffic Management due
to the upkeep of Traffic signals.
8. The overspend was due increased IT leasing costs.
9. The over recovery in income is mainly due to greater income from the sale of vehicles and the recovery of vehicle maintenance within Fleet, partially
offset by less than anticipated income from taxi inspections income, pool car charges and casual hire charges. The over recovery within Roads was
mainly due to greater than anticipated income from WoSLA, income recovered from previous years within parking, an over recovery within HQ
Operations for inspection fees and an increase in the level of recoverable capital works that were undertaken within Transport and Engineering. 
Budget Virements 
a. Carry forward of funding in respect of Community Engagement Winter Resilience and transfer of budget from reserves in respect of additional street
lighting electrical power. Net (£0.014m): Supplies and Services £0.012m, Payment to Contractors (£0.026m).
b. Establish budgets for Electrical Power of Electric Vehicles and Developers Contributions within Roads. Net effect (£0.663m): Property £0.293m, Income
(£0.956m).
c. Budget realignment to reflect revenue works completed by the Construction Unit for Roads General Services because of the change to Trading Services.
Net effect £0.000m: Payment to Contractors (£0.517m), Income £0.517m.
d. Transfer of budget from capital funded to revenue. Net effect £0.675m: Payment to Contractors £0.675m.
e. Transfer of budget in relation to apprenticeship levy. Net effect £0.079m: Employees £0.079m.
f. Realignment of virement from earlier in the year in respect of Roads Winter Maintenance. Net effect (£0.404m): Payment to Contractors (£0.404m). 
26

Page 27

Approved Transfers to Reserves (£0.090m): 
i. Fleet Sinking Fund - (£0.025m)
ii. Year 3 of Electric Vehicle Payback - (£0.015m)
iii. Emergency Car Park Works at Community Facilities - (£0.050m)
27

Page 28

28

Page 29

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Community and Enterprise Resources Committee 
Date of Meeting: 29 August 2023
Report by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)
Executive Director (Community and Enterprise
Resources)  
Subject: Revenue Budget Monitoring 2023/2024 - Community
and Enterprise Resources 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:-
[purpose]
 provide information on the actual expenditure measured against the revenue
budget for the period 1 April 2023 to 14 July 2023 for Community and Enterprise
Resources
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):- 
(1) that the breakeven position on Community and Enterprise Resources’ revenue
budget, as detailed in Appendix A of the report be noted; and
(2) that the proposed budget virements as detailed in appendices B to F be
approved.
[1recs]
3. Background
3.1. This is the first revenue budget monitoring report presented to the Community and
Enterprise Resources Committee for the financial year 2023/2024. 
3.2 The report details the financial position for Community and Enterprise Resources in
Appendix A and the individual Services’ reports in appendices B to F. 
4. Employee Implications
4.1. None 
5. Financial Implications
5.1. As at 14 July 2023, there is a reported breakeven position against the phased budget.   
5.2. The report details the financial position for Community and Enterprise Resources in
Appendix A and variance explanations for each service area are detailed in
appendices B to F where appropriate. 
5.3. Virements are proposed to realign budgets across budget categories and with other
Resources.  These movements are detailed in appendices B to F of this report.  
4
29

Page 30

6. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications 
6.1.  There are no implications for climate change, sustainability or environment in terms of
the information contained in the report. 
7 Other Implications
7.1. The main risk associated with the Council’s revenue budget is that there is an
overspend.  There are inflationary and budget pressures, including utilities, this year
which increase the risk of overspend, however, we have mitigated this going forward
by providing additional funds in future years’ budget strategy.   
7.2. The risk is managed through four weekly budget monitoring meetings at which any
variance is analysed. In addition, the probable outturn exercise ensures early warning
for corrective action to be taken where appropriate. 
8. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
8.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and, therefore, no impact assessment
is required. 
8.2. There is also no requirement to undertake any consultation in terms of the information
contained in this report. 
Paul Manning
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) 
David Booth
Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources) 
31 July 2023 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Accountable, effective, efficient and transparent 
Previous References
 None 
List of Background Papers
 Financial ledger and budget monitoring results to 14 July 2023 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Louise Harvey, Finance Manager
Ext:  2658 (Tel: 01698 452658)
E-mail: louise.harvey@southlanarkshire.gov.uk
30

Page 31

Appendix A 
SOUTH LANARKSHIRE COUNCIL 
Revenue Budget Monitoring Report 
Community and Enterprise Resources: Period 4 Ended 14 July 2023 (No.4) 
Community and Enterprise Resources Summary 
Annual
Budget 
Forecast
for Year 
Annual
Forecast
Variance
Budget
Proportion
14/07/23
Actual 
14/07/23
Variance 
14/07/23 
%
Variance
14/07/23
Note 
£000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000   
Budget Category         
Employee Costs 94,919 94,919 0 24,680 23,986 694 under 2.8% 
Property Costs 3,806 3,806 0 344 359 (15) over (4.4%) 
Supplies & Services 17,615 17,615 0 3,900 3,960 (60) over (1.5%) 
Transport & Plant 21,774 21,774 0 7,746 8,075 (329) over (4.2%) 
Administration Costs 785 785 0 121 144 (23) over (19.0%) 
Payments to Other Bodies 6,125 6,125 0 2,779 2,779 0 - 0.0% 
Payments to Contractors 45,903 45,903 0 11,416 11,417 (1) over 0.0% 
Transfer Payments 617 617 0 308 308 0 - 0.0% 
Financing Charges 185 185 0 7 9 (2) over (28.6%) 
Total Controllable Exp. 191,729 191,729 0 51,301 51,037 264 under 0.5% 
Total Controllable Inc. (62,161) (62,161) 0 (19,143) (18,879) (264) under
recovered (1.4%) 
Net Controllable Exp. 129,568 129,568 0 32,158 32,158 0 - 0.0% 
Variance Explanations 
Detailed within Appendices B to F. 
Budget Virements 
Budget virements are shown in appendices B to F.
31

Page 32

Appendix B 
SOUTH LANARKSHIRE COUNCIL 
Revenue Budget Monitoring Report 
Community and Enterprise Resources: Period Ended 14 July 2023 (No.4) 
Facilities, Waste and Grounds Services 
Annual
Budget 
Forecast
for Year 
Annual
Forecast
Variance
Budget
Proportion
14/07/23
Actual 
14/07/23
Variance 
14/07/23 
%
Variance
14/07/23
Note 
£000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000   
Budget Category         
Employee Costs 60,014 60,014 0 15,716 15,454 262 under 1.7% 1,b,c
Property Costs 1,948 1,948 0 234 236 (2) over (0.9%) a,c
Supplies & Services 8,620 8,620 0 2,148 2,200 (52) over (2.4%) 2,b,c
Transport & Plant 8,655 8,655 0 3,662 3,663 (1) over 0.0% b,b
Administration Costs 176 176 0 37 50 (13) over (35.1%) c
Payments to Other Bodies 51 51 0 23 22 1 under 4.3% c
Payments to Contractors 17,172 17,172 0 5,227 5,227 0 - 0.0% a,b,c
Transfer Payments 0 0 0 0 0 0 - n/a 
Financing Charges 45 45 0 3 4 (1) over (33.3%) 
Total Controllable Exp. 96,681 96,681 0 27,050 26,856 194 under 0.7% 
Total Controllable Inc. (19,176) (19,176) 0 (8,790) (8,686) (104) under
recovered (1.2%) 3,a,c
Net Controllable Exp. 77,505 77,505 0 18,260 18,170 90 under 0.5% 
Variance Explanations 
1. The variance is mainly due to vacancies that are being actively recruited within all services.
2. The variance is due to an overspend on school meals food purchases due to the cost of food.
3. The variance is due to an under recovery in school meals income and a decrease in uptake in the Care of Gardens service within Grounds.   
Budget Virements 
a. Budget received from corporate items in relation to funding for utilities, fuel and RPI for waste contracts: Net effect £1.625m: Property £0.182m,
Transport £0.949m, Payment to Contractors £0.412m, Income £0.082m.
b. Transfer to corporate items temporary budget Front Line First. Net effect (£2.196m): Employees (£1.420m), Supplies and Services £0.088m,
Transport and Plant £0.278m, Payment to Contractors (£1.142m).
c. Realign budget to reflect service delivery within Facilities, Grounds and Streets & Bereavement. Net effect £0.000m: Employees £0.396m, Property
£0.021m, Supplies and Services £0.172m, Administration £0.001m, Payment to Other Bodies £0.010m, Payment to Contractors £0.010m, Income
(£0.610m). 
32

Page 33

Appendix C 
SOUTH LANARKSHIRE COUNCIL 
Revenue Budget Monitoring Report 
Community and Enterprise Resources: Period Ended 14 July 2023 (No.4) 
Planning and Regulatory Services 
Annual
Budget 
Forecast
for Year 
Annual
Forecast
Variance
Budget 
Proportion
14/07/23
Actual 
14/07/23
Variance 
14/07/23 
%
Variance
14/07/23
Note 
£000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000   
Budget Category         
Employee Costs 7,419 7,419 0 1,971 1,823 148 under  7.5% 1
Property Costs 41 41 0 1 0 1 under 100.0% a
Supplies & Services 154 154 0 64 64 0 - 0.0% 
Transport & Plant 126 126 0 18 21 (3) over (16.7%) a
Administration Costs 111 111 0 27 28 (1) over (3.7%) 
Payments to Other Bodies 265 265 0 17 18 (1) over (5.9%) 
Payments to Contractors 921 921 0 479 480 (1) over (0.2%) b
Transfer Payments 0 0 0 0 0 0 - n/a 
Financing Charges 46 46 0 1 1 0 - 0.0% 
Total Controllable Exp. 9,083 9,083 0 2,578 2,435 143 under 5.5% 
Total Controllable Inc. (4,117) (4,117) 0 (1,193) (1,207) 14 over
recovered 1.2% b
Net Controllable Exp. 4,966 4,966 0 1,385 1,228 157 under 11.3% 
Variance Explanations 
1. The variance is mainly due to vacant posts within the services which are being recruited.   
Budget Virements 
a. Budget received from corporate items in relation to funding for utilities and fuel.  Net effect £0.009m: Property £0.005m, Transport £0.004m
b. Realign budget to reflect service delivery within Environmental Services. Net effect £0.000m: Payment to Contractors £0.382m, Income (£0.382m). 
33

Page 34

Appendix D 
SOUTH LANARKSHIRE COUNCIL 
Revenue Budget Monitoring Report 
Community and Enterprise Resources: Period Ended 14 July 2023 (No.4) 
South Lanarkshire Leisure and Culture 
Annual
Budget 
Forecast
for Year 
Annual
Forecast
Variance
Budget
Proportion
14/07/23
Actual 
14/07/23
Variance 
14/07/23 
%
Variance
14/07/23
Note 
£000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000   
Budget Category         
Employee Costs 4 4 0 1 2 (1) over (100.%) 
Property Costs 98 98 0 16 18 (2) over (12.5%) 
Supplies & Services 0 0 0 0 0 0 - n/a 
Transport & Plant 0 0 0 0 0 0 - n/a 
Administration Costs 8 8 0 0 0 0 - n/a 
Payments to Other Bodies 80 80 0 0 0 0 - n/a 
Payments to Contractors 23,048 23,048 0 5,335 5,335 0 - 0.0% a
Transfer Payments 0 0 0 0 0 0 - n/a 
Financing Charges 0 0 0 0 0 0 - n/a 
Total Controllable Exp. 23,238 23,238 0 5,352 5,355 (3) over (0.1%) 
Total Controllable Inc. (11) (11) 0 (12) (15) 3 over
recovered 25.0% b
Net Controllable Exp. 23,227 23,227 0 5,340 5,340 0 - 0.0% 
Variance Explanations 
No major variances to report. 
Budget Virements 
a. Budget received from corporate items in relation to funding for fuel.  Net effect £0.007m: PTC £0.007m.
b. Establish a Temporary Income budget for Biggar Corn Exchange. Net effect (£0.011m): Income (£0.011m). 
34

Page 35

Appendix E 
SOUTH LANARKSHIRE COUNCIL 
Revenue Budget Monitoring Report 
Community and Enterprise Resources: Period Ended 14 July 2023 (No.4) 
Enterprise and Sustainable Development 
Annual
Budget 
Forecast
for Year 
Annual
Forecast
Variance
Budget
Proportion
14/07/23
Actual 
14/07/23
Variance 
14/07/23 
%
Variance
14/07/23
Note 
£000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000   
Budget Category         
Employee Costs 5,135 5,135 0 1,377 1,355 22 under 1.6% b,c
Property Costs 201 201 0 0 (1) 1 under n/a a
Supplies & Services 245 245 0 44 44 0 - 0.0% 
Transport & Plant 47 47 0 1 1 0 - 0.0% 
Administration Costs 92 92 0 3 4 (1) over (33.3%) 
Payments to Other Bodies 354 354 0 89 89 0 - 0.0% 
Payments to Contractors 0 0 0 0 0 0 - n/a 
Transfer Payments 0 0 0 0 0 0 - n/a 
Financing Charges 44 44 0 2 2 0 - 0.0% 
Total Controllable Exp. 6,118 6,118 0 1,516 1,494 22 under 1.5% 
Total Controllable Inc. (1,123) (1,123) 0 (647) (648) 1 over
recovered 0.2% c
Net Controllable Exp. 4,995 4,995 0 869 846 23 under 2.6% 
Variance Explanations 
No major variances to report. 
Budget Virements 
a. Budget received from corporate items in relation to funding for utilities. Net effect £0.004m: Property £0.004m.
b. Transfer from reserves temporary budget in respect of Social Enterprise, Locate and Tourism projects. Net effect £0.218m: Employees £0.218m.
c. Establish temporary budget for Levelling Up Fund and SDP. Net Effect £0.000m: Employees £0.072m, Income (£0.072m). 
35

Page 36

Appendix F 
SOUTH LANARKSHIRE COUNCIL 
Revenue Budget Monitoring Report 
Community and Enterprise Resources: Period Ended 14 July 2023 (No.4) 
Roads, Transportation and Fleet Services 
Annual
Budget 
Forecast for
Year 
Annual
Forecast
Variance
Budget
Proportion
14/07/23
Actual 
14/07/23
Variance 
14/07/23 
%
Variance
14/07/23
Note 
£000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000   
Budget Category         
Employee Costs 22,347 22,347 0 5,615 5,352 263 under 4.7% 1,c
Property Costs 1,518 1,518 0 93 106 (13) over (14.0%) 2,a,c
Supplies & Services 8,596 8,596 0 1,644 1,652 (8) over (0.5%) a
Transport & Plant 12,946 12,946 0 4,065 4,390 (325) over (8.0%) 3,a,c
Administration Costs 398 398 0 54 62 (8) over (14.8%) c
Payments to Other Bodies 5,375 5,375 0 2,650 2,650 0 - 0.0% b,c
Payments to Contractors 4,762 4,762 0 375 375 0 - 0.0% c,d
Transfer Payments 617 617 0 308 308 0 - 0.0% b
Financing Charges 50 50 0 1 2 (1) over (100.0%) 
Total Controllable Exp. 56,609 56,609 0 14,805 14,897 (92) over (0.6%) 
Total Controllable Inc. (37,734) (37,734) 0 (8,501) (8,323) (178) under
recovered (2.1%) 4,c,d
,e
Net Controllable Exp. 18,875 18,875 0 6,304 6,574 (270) over (4.3%) 
Variance Explanations 
1. The variance is mainly due to staff turnover and vacancies within Roads and Fleet which are being recruited. 
2. The overspend is in the main due to higher than anticipated cost in the upkeep of Roads depots.
3. The overspend is mainly due to the timing of efficiencies and greater than anticipated expenditure within the workshop within Fleet.
4. The under recovery is mainly due to the net effect of a less than anticipated income from maintenance works within Roads and within Parking where
the demand is less than budget provision. 
Budget Virements 
a. Budget received from corporate items in relation to funding for utilities and fuel. Net effect £0.508m: Transport £0.283m, Property £0.094m, Supplies
and services £0.131m
b. Transfer of budget in respect of SPT. Net effect £0.135m: Payment to Other Bodies £0.121m, Transfer Payments £0.014m.
c. Realign budget to reflect service delivery within Roads, Roads Construction and Fleet. Net effect £0.000m: Employees (£0.136m), Property £0.450m,
Transport and Plant £0.232m, Admin (£0.020m), Payment to Other Bodies £0.020m, Payment to Contractors £0.580m, Income (£1,126m).
d. Budget realignment to reflect revenue works completed by the Construction Unit for Roads General Services as a result of the change to trading
services. Net effect £0.000m: Payment to Contractor (£13.739m), Income £13.739m.
e. Establish temporary budget to reflect transfer from reserves for Parking income shortfall 23/24. Net effect £0.360m: Income £0.360m. 
36

Page 37

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Community and Enterprise Resource Committee
Date of Meeting: 29 August 2023
Report by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)
Executive Director (Community and Enterprise
Resources)  
Subject: Capital Budget Monitoring 2022/2023 - Community and
Enterprise Resources 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:-
[purpose]
 provide information on the progress of the capital programme for Community and
Enterprise Resources for the period 1 April 2022 to 31 March 2023
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that the Community and Enterprise Resources’ capital programme of £48.444
million, and expenditure for the year of £36.324 million be noted. 
[1recs]
3. Background
3.1. This is the final capital monitoring report presented to the Community and Enterprise
Resources Committee for the financial year 2022/2023.   
3.2. As noted in the last report to this Committee (14 March 2023), the budget for
Community and Enterprise Resources for financial year 2022/2023 was £48.444
million.  There have been no changes to this budget allocation since that meeting. 
3.3. The report details the financial position for Community and Enterprise Resources in
total in Appendix A.   
4. Employee Implications
4.1. There are no employee implications as a result of this report. 
5. 2022/2023 Capital Programme – Final Position 
5.1. As detailed in Section 3.3, the total capital programme for Community and Enterprise
Resources for 2022/2023 was £48.444 million.  Total expenditure to the 31 March
2022 was £36.324 million, a difference of £12.120 million in comparison to the
programme of £48.444 million.   
5.2. The programme underspend of £12.120 million is mainly due to the timing of project
spend on a number of projects.  The main projects which are responsible for the
underspend are detailed in Appendix A for information.  
5
37

Page 38

5.3. Any underspend on these projects, along with the funding, will carry forward into next
financial year as required.  An update on the 2023/2024 programme is detailed in a
separate report to this Committee.     
5.4. Accounting Adjustments While sections 5.1 to 5.3 detail the position on the Capital
Programme as set, Accounting Regulations mean that adjustments are required to
report spend correctly as either Capital or Revenue for the purposes of publishing our
Annual Accounts.  This includes where spend is in relation to assets that are not owned
by the Council and where the spend must be classed as Revenue.  There is no
operational impact for projects from this adjustment – it is an accounting entry only.   
5.5. £3.076 million of Capital spend is required to be recorded as Revenue spend. 
Conversely, £0.349 million of Revenue spend should be recorded as Capital.  The
transfers above mean that for the purpose of publishing our Annual Accounts only,
there is Capital spend of £33.597 million.   
6. Financial Implications
6.1. The financial implications are detailed in section 5 of this report. 
7. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
7.1.  There are no implications for climate change, sustainability or the environment in 
terms of the information contained in this report. 
8. Other Implications
8.1. The main risk associated with the Council’s Capital Programme is that there is an
overspend.  The risk has been assessed as low given the detailed project
management plans prepared and monitored for each project.  The risk of an
overspend is managed through four weekly Investment Management Meetings. 
9. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
9.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and, therefore, no impact assessment
is required.   
9.2. There is also no requirement to undertake any consultation in terms of the information
contained in the report. 
Paul Manning
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) 
David Booth
Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources) 
9 August 2023 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Accountable, effective, efficient and transparent 
Previous References
 Community and Enterprise Resources Committee, 14 March 2023
38

Page 39

List of Background Papers
▪ Financial ledger to 31 March 2023 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Lorraine O’Hagan, Finance Manager (Strategy)
Ext:  2601 (Tel: 01698 452601)
E-mail:  lorraine.o’hagan@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
39

Page 40

Appendix A
(Page 1)
South Lanarkshire Council
Capital Expenditure 2022-2023
Community and Enterprise Resources Programme
For Period 1 April 2022 – 31 March 2023 
Community and
Enterprise Resources
Base
Budget 
£000
Budget
Adjustments
£000 
Slippage
£000
Total
Budget
£000
Budget 
to Date
£000
Actual
Expenditure
£000 
Facilities, Waste and
Grounds
1,949 1,108 (503) 2,554 2,554 1,218 
Enterprise and Sustainable
Development
27,435 2,368 (10,670) 19,133 19,133 14,098 
Roads, Transport and
Fleet
29,997 2,652 (5,892) 26,757 26,757 21,008 
TOTAL 59,381 6,128 (17,065) 48,444 48,444 36,324 
Accounting Adjustments     
Less Transfers to Revenue      (3,076)  
Add Transfers to Capital      349  
2021/22 Outturn Position
(Accounting Basis Only)     
33,597 
40

Page 41

Appendix A
(Page 2)
Main Projects with Underspends in 2022/2023 
Project Name
U/spend
Value
£000 
Project Name
U/spend
Value
£000
Library IT Infrastructure Upgrade Phase 2 – Desktop Refresh  146 Roads Investment Programme 667
Phillipshill Cemetery – Extension 162 Clyde Bridge 539
Chatelherault Allotments 120 Roads Depots – Modular Accommodation 513
Play Parks – Various 540 Footpaths and Roads Improvement Fund 485
Larkhall Leisure Centre – Design  469 SPT – Lanark Park and Ride 306
Lanark Library, Lindsay Institute – Roof and Windows 264 Cycling, Walking and Safer Routes 222
Hamilton Palace Grounds Sports Pitches 117 Daer Bridge 176
Place Based Investment Programme  1,119 Roads Depots Salt Barns – Hawbank 302
Town Centre Regeneration Fund 500  
New Cross Shopping Centre  342  
East Kilbride Town Centre 302  
City Deal:   
Greenhills Road (Landscaping / Restoration) 1,322  
Cathkin Bypass (Grant Payments only) 772  
Secondary School Expansion – Calderside Academy / Holy
Cross
443  
Lanark Road Signalisation 406  
Glengowan Extension 359   
41

Page 42

42

Page 43

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Community and Enterprise Resources Committee
Date of Meeting: 29 August 2023
Report by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)
Executive Director (Community and Enterprise
Resources)  
Subject: Capital Budget Monitoring 2023/2024 - Community and
Enterprise Resources 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:
[purpose]
 provide information on the progress of the capital programme for Community and
Enterprise Resources for the period 1 April 2023 to 14 July 2023
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation:
[recs]
(1) that the Community and Enterprise Resources’ capital programme of £42.925
million, and expenditure to date of £3.931 million, be noted.
[1recs]
3. Background
3.1. This is the first capital monitoring report presented to the Community and Enterprise
Resources Committee for the financial year 2023/2024.  Further reports will follow
throughout the year. 
3.2. The budget of £42.925 million for Community and Enterprise Resources is based on
the overall Capital Programme for 2023/2024 approved by the Executive Committee
on 21 June 2023.  The budget includes adjustments totalling a net increase of £3.647
million which were approved by the Executive Committee (21 June 2023).   
3.3. The budget of £42.925 million also reflects further adjustments totalling £1.068 million
which have been submitted to the Executive Committee on 16 August 2023 for
approval.  This report details the financial position for Community and Enterprise
Resources in Appendix A. 
4. Employee Implications
4.1. There are no employee implications as a result of this report. 
5. Financial Implications
5.1. 2023/2024 Budget   
The total capital programme for Community and Enterprise Resources is £42.925
million, as detailed in Section 3.2.  This budget is based on the original programme of
projects approved by the Council in February 2023, updated to include budget carried
forward from financial year 2022/2023.  The budget of £42.925 million also reflects the
6
43

Page 44

estimated level of spend which can be achieved in 2023/2024, based on current
information.     
5.2. As noted in sections 3.2 and 3.3, the 2023/2024 Capital Programme of £42.925 million
also includes budget amendments for 2023/2024, totalling a net increase of £4.715
million.  These were identified since the approval of the original budget in February
2023.  The Executive Committee approved adjustments totalling £3.647 million at its
meeting in June, with the balance of £1.068 million submitted to the Executive
Committee on 16 August 2023 for approval.  The details of these amendments are
shown in Appendix A.      
5.3. Period 4 Position   
Anticipated spend to date was £3.929 million and spend to 14 July 2023 amounts to
£3.931 million, a small overspend of £0.002 million reflecting the timing of project
expenditure.   
6. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
6.1. There are no implications for climate change, sustainability or the environment in terms
of the information contained in this report. 
7. Other Implications
7.1. The main risk associated with the Council’s Capital Programme is that there is an
overspend.  The risk has been assessed as low given the detailed project
management plans prepared and monitored for each project.  The risk of overspend
is managed through four weekly Investment Management Meetings. 
8. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
8.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and, therefore, no impact assessment
is required.   
8.2. There is also no requirement to undertake any consultation in terms of the information
contained in the report. 
Paul Manning
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) 
David Booth
Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources) 
9 August 2023 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Accountable, effective, efficient and transparent 
Previous References
 South Lanarkshire Council, 22 February 2023
 Executive Committee, 21 June 2023
 Executive Committee, 16 August 2023 
44

Page 45

List of Background Papers
▪ Financial ledger to 14 July 2023 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:
Lorraine O’Hagan, Finance Manager (Strategy)
Ext:  2601 (Tel:  01698 452601)
E-mail:  lorraine.o’hagan@southlanarkshire.gov.uk
45

Page 46

Appendix A 
South Lanarkshire Council
Capital Expenditure 2023-2024
Community and Enterprise Resources Programme
For Period 1 April 2023 – 14 July 2023 
Community and
Enterprise Resources
Base
Budget 
£000
Budget
Adjustments
£000 
Slippage
£000
Total
Budget
£000
Anticipated
Spend
£000
Actual
Expenditure
£000 
Facilities, Waste and
Grounds
2,762 545 - 3,307 479 481 
Enterprise and Sustainable
Development
9,685 1,213 - 10,898 425 425 
Roads, Transport and
Fleet
25,763 2,957 - 28,720 3,025 3,025  
TOTAL  38,210  4,715  -  42,925  3,929 3,931 
For Information Only  
Budget Adjustments approved by Executive Committee, 21 June 2023:  Budget Adjustments presented for approval to Executive
Committee, 16 August 2023: 
Budget Adjustments 
Place Based Investment Programme
Strathclyde Partnership for Transport (SPT)
Cycling Walking and Safer Routes 
Total Budget Adjustments             
£1.213m
£1.782m
£0.652m 
£3.647m
Budget Adjustments 
Electric Vehicle Expansion
Memorial Headstone Inspection & Remedial Works
Extension of Cemeteries
Nature Restoration Fund
Road Safety Improvement Fund 
Total Budget Adjustments             
£0.048m
£0.200m
(£0.200m)
£0.545m
£0.475m 
£1.068m 
46

Page 47

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Community and Enterprise Resources Committee
Date of Meeting: 29 August 2023
Report by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)
and Executive Director (Community and Enterprise
Resources)  
Subject: Community and Enterprise Resources – Workforce
Monitoring – April to June 2023 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:-
[purpose]
 provide employment information for April to June 2023 relating to Community and
Enterprise Resources
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that the following employment information for April to June 2023 relating to
Community and Enterprise Resources be noted:- 
 attendance statistics;
 occupational health;
 accident/incident statistics;
 discipline, grievance and Dignity at Work cases;
 analysis of leavers and exit interviews; 
[1recs]
3. Background
3.1. As part of the Council’s performance management arrangements, regular workforce
monitoring reports are submitted to Committee.  This report for Community and
Enterprise Resources provides information on the position for April to June 2023. 
4. Monitoring Statistics
4.1. Attendance Statistics (Appendix 1) 
Information on absence statistics is analysed for the month of June 2023 for
Community and Enterprise Resources. 
The Resource absence figure for June 2023 was 5.7%, this figure has decreased by
0.2% when compared to last month and is 1.0% higher than the Council-wide figure. 
Compared to June 2022, the Resource absence figure has decreased by 1.0%. 
Based on the absence figures at June 2023 and annual trends, the projected annual
average absence for the Resource for 2023/2024 is 6.7%, compared to a Council-
wide average figure of 5.6%.   
7
47

Page 48

Managers follow the procedures outlined in the Maximising Attendance Policy to
support employees to remain at work, or to return to work after a sickness absence. 
There are comprehensive employee supports in place and additionally, Personnel
Services work in close partnership with line managers and Resource Management
Teams on a case management basis to ensure that appropriate actions are taken. 
4.2. Occupational Health (Appendix 2) 
In terms of referrals to occupational health, which include medical examinations and
physiotherapy, overall, 307 referrals were made this period.  This represents a
decrease of 19 when compared with the same period last year.   
4.3. Accident/Incident Statistics 
There were 37 accidents/incidents recorded within the Resource this period, an
increase of 8 when compared to the same period last year. 
4.4. Discipline, Grievance and Dignity at Work (Appendix 2) 
During the period, 27 disciplinary hearings were held within the Resource, an
increase of 7 when compared to the same period last year.  During the period no
appeals were heard by the Appeals Panel.  No grievance hearings were raised
within the Resource, this figure remains unchanged when compared to the same
period last year.  No Dignity at Work complaints were raised within the Resource,
this figure has decreased by 2 when compared to the same period last year. 
4.5. Analysis of Leavers (Appendix 2) 
There were a total of 39 leavers in the Resource this period eligible for an exit
interview.  This figure has increased by 2 when compared with the same period last
year.  Eleven exit interviews were conducted in this period, this figure has increased
by 6 when compared to the same period last year. 
4.6. When processing an employee termination, managers were asked to identify
whether they intended to replace the employee who had left the Council.  If they
indicated that they did not intend to replace the employee, they were asked to select
from the following options:- 
 plan to hold for savings
 fill on a fixed term basis pending savings
 transfer budget to another post
 end of fixed term post 
4.7. Appendix 2a provides a breakdown of vacant posts and whether these are being
replaced or held for savings.  In the period April to June 2023, 112 employees (60.72
FTE) in total left employment.  Managers indicated that 110 posts (60.14 FTE) were
being replaced and 2 posts (0.28 FTE) were due to the end of fixed term contracts. 
5. Employee Implications
5.1. There are no implications for employees arising from the information presented in
this report. 
6. Financial Implications
6.1. All financial implications are accommodated within existing budgets. 
7. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
7.1. There are no climate change, sustainability and environmental Implications in terms
of the information contained within this report.
48

Page 49

8. Other Implications
8.1. There are no implications for sustainability or risk in terms of the information
contained within this report. 
9. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
9.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and therefore no impact
assessment is required. 
9.2. There was no requirement to undertake any consultation in terms of the information
contained in this report. 
Paul Manning
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) 
David Booth
Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources) 
26 July 2023 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Accountable, effective, efficient and transparent
 Fair, open and sustainable
 Ambitious, self aware and improving
 Excellent employer
 Focused on people and their needs
 Working with and respecting others 
Previous References
 Community and Enterprise Resources Committee – 30 May 2023 
List of Background Papers
 Monitoring information provided by Finance and Corporate Resources 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Elaine Maxwell, HR Business Manager
Ext:-  (Tel: 01698 454647)
E-mail:-  Elaine.Maxwell@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
49

Page 50

2021 /
2022
2022 /
2023
2023 /
2024
2021 /
2022
2022 /
2023
2023 /
2024
2021 /
2022
2022 /
2023
2023 /
2024
2021 /
2022
2022 /
2023
2023 /
2024
% % % % % % % % % % % %
April 2.3 4.4 3.6 April 5.7 7.3 6.3 April 5.2 6.9 6.0 April 4.3 5.6 5.1
May 2.7 3.9 3.7 May 6.4 6.8 6.3 May 5.9 6.3 5.9 May 4.9 5.4 5.1
June 2.8 3.5 4.3 June 6.6 7.2 5.9 June 6.0 6.7 5.7 June 4.7 5.3 4.7
July 2.9 3.9 July 5.3 5.9 July 4.9 5.6 July 4.0 4.6
August 2.9 3.4 August 6.4 6.6 August 5.9 6.1 August 4.7 4.4
September 3.4 3.1 September 8.2 7.9 September 7.5 7.1 September 6.4 5.4
October 3.8 5.1 October 7.9 7.5 October 7.3 7.1 October 6.3 5.8
November 3.5 4.2 November 8.0 8.3 November 7.3 7.7 November 6.9 6.5
December 4.2 3.7 December 8.0 8.8 December 7.4 8.0 December 6.9 7.0
January 3.6 2.6 January 9.6 7.4 January 8.6 6.7 January 7.0 5.8
February 4.4 3.6 February 9.5 7.4 February 8.7 6.9 February 6.6 5.9
March 6.0 3.9 March 11.0 7.9 March 10.2 7.3 March 7.9 6.4
Annual Average 3.5 3.8 3.8 Annual Average 7.7 7.4 7.2 Annual Average 7.1 6.9 6.7 Annual Average 5.9 5.7 5.6
Average Apr-Jun 2.6 3.9 3.9 Average Apr-Jun 6.2 7.1 6.2 Average Apr-Jun 5.7 6.6 5.9 Average Apr-Jun 4.6 5.4 5.0
509 2955 3464 16208
Manual Workers Resource Total
No of Employees at 30 June 2023 No of Employees at 30 June 2023 No of Employees at 30 June 2023 No of Employees at 30 June 2023
Appendix 1
Absence Trends - 2021/2022, 2022/2023 & 2023/2024
Community and Enterprise Resources
APT&C Council Wide
50

Page 51

COMMUNITY AND ENTERPRISE RESOURCES
Apr - Jun Apr - Jun
2022 2023
MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS
Number of Employees Attending
EMPLOYEE COUNSELLING SERVICE
Total Number of Referrals
PHYSIOTHERAPY SERVICE
Total Number of Referrals
REFERRALS TO EMPLOYEE SUPPORT OFFICER 90 97
REFERRALS TO COGNITIVE BEHAVIOUR THERAPY 0 0
TOTAL 326 307
Apr - Jun Apr - Jun
2022 2023
Specified Injuries* 0 1
Over 7 day absences 4 3
Minor 18 24
Near Miss 1 5
Violent Incident:  Physical**** 1 2
Violent Incident:  Verbal***** 5 2
Total Accidents/Incidents 29 37
Apr - Jun Apr - Jun
2022 2023
Total Number of Hearings 20 27
Appeals Pending 3 0
Time Taken to Convene Hearing April - June 2023
0-3 Weeks 4-6 Weeks Over 6 Weeks
17 7 3
Apr - Jun Apr - Jun
2022 2023
Number of Grievances 0 0
Apr - Jun Apr - Jun
2022 2023
Number of Incidents 2 0
Number Resolved at Formal Stage 2 0
Apr - Jun Apr - Jun
2022 2023
Career Advancement 1 5
Poor Relationship with Manager/Colleagues 0 1
Moving Outwith Area 1 0
Travelling Difficulties 0 1
Further Education 2 0
Dissatisfaction With Terms and Conditions 0 1
Other 1 3
Number of Exit Interviews conducted 5 11
Total Number of Leavers Eligible for Exit Interview 37 39
Percentage of interviews conducted 14% 28%
****Physical violent incidents and ***** Verbal Violent Incidents are included in the "Over 3-day or
Over 7-day" figures, where applicable, to provide the "Total Over 3-day or Over 7-day" figures.
****Physical Violent Incidents and ***** Verbal Violent Incidents are included in the "Minor" figures,
where applicable, to provide the "Total Minor" figures.
ANALYSIS OF REASONS FOR LEAVING
RECORD OF DISCIPLINARY HEARINGS
RECORD OF GRIEVANCE HEARINGS
RECORD OF DIGNITY AT WORK
CAUSE OF ACCIDENTS/INCIDENTS
100
*A Specified Injury is any fracture (other than to the fingers, thumbs or toes), amputation, loss of
sight, serious burns, crushing injury, scalping, loss of consciousness caused by asphyxiation/ head
injury, a chemical or hot metal burn to the eye or penetrating injury as defined by the HSE.
**Over 3 day / over 7day absence is an injury sustained outwith specified injury category that results
in a period of absence of absence as defined by the HSE. 
***Near Miss - Any unexpected, unplanned occurrence (except Dangerous Occurrences) that does
not lead to injury of persons, damage to property, plant or equipment but may have done so in
different circumstance.
****Physical violent incidents are included in the "Specified" figures, where applicable, to provide the
"Total Specified" figures.
85
APPENDIX 2
125 109
11 16
51

Page 52

FTE H/C FTE H/C
Terminations/Leavers 60.72 112 60.72 112
Being replaced 60.14 110 60.14 110
Filling on a temporary basis 0.00 0 0.00 0
Plan to transfer this budget to another post 0.00 0 0.00 0
End of fixed term contract 0.58 2 0.58 2
Held pending service Review 0.00 0 0.00 0
Plan to remove for savings 0.00 0 0.00 0
Appendix 2a
Reason Apr - Jun 2023 Cumulative total
52

Page 53

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Community and Enterprise Resources Committee
Date of Meeting: 29 August 2023
Report by: Executive Director (Community and Enterprise
Resources)  
Subject: Community Benefit Funds – Renewable Energy Fund
Grant Applications 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:-
[purpose]
 consider a grant application to Middle Muir Windfarm Renewable Energy Fund
(REF) from Wiston Village Hall Association 
 consider a grant application to Andershaw Windfarm REF from the Coalburn
Miners’ Welfare Society
 consider a grant application to Middle Muir REF from Glenbuck and Douglas
Football Club  
[purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that a grant be awarded to Wiston Village Hall Association of up to £81,671
from Middle Muir Windfarm REF for the appointment of an architect team and
associated surveys for the design and development of refurbishment works to
the village hall;
(2) that a grant be awarded to Coalburn Miners’ Welfare Charitable Society of up
to £27,465 from Andershaw Windfarm REF to facilitate the installation of solar
panels and air-to-air heat source pump system; and 
(3) that a grant be awarded to Glenbuck and Douglas Football Club of up to
£79,570 from Middle Muir Windfarm REF to facilitate flood light installation. 
3. Background
3.1. Since 2004, the Council has collected and administered Community Benefit funding
through the Enterprise and Sustainable Development Service.  The Service is
responsible for securing the contributions from windfarm developers, advising
potential applicants, assessing applications and monitoring projects to ensure that the
community benefits associated with each project are delivered.  Processes are
continuously reviewed to ensure the best practices in grant provision and monitoring
is undertaken to ensure the necessary support is delivered to eligible communities. 
3.2. Grant awards above £20,000 require approval from Committee.  Awards below this
level are approved by the Head of Enterprise and Sustainable Development under
delegated authority.  All grants awarded are reported annually to the Community and
Enterprise Resources Committee. 
8
53

Page 54

4. Grant Recommendation
4.1. Application Number 914 
Wiston Village Hall Association – project value £163,342.54 
Proposed Grant award £81,671.27 intervention rate of 50% 
The proposed grant of £81,671.27 will be funded from Middle Muir Windfarm which
contributes into the REF. 
4.2. Wiston Village Hall Association (WVHA) is an established charity with its purpose
being:- 
 Fostering community spirit through achievement of these and other such
objectives as may be deemed to be charitable and for the benefit of the
community residents in the neighbouring districts.  Providing, maintaining and
managing facilities which can be used for recreational, heritage and cultural
pursuits in order to improve the wellbeing of the community and visitors to the
area.  Promoting community spirit within Wiston and the surrounding area. 
Delivering community-based events and providing access to both the public and
groups/clubs with the opportunity to book the facilities for the purposes of taking
part and/or providing classes/activities to a wide area of the community thus
offering participation in sports from entry level through to advanced, initially
requiring little or no levels of fitness. 
4.3. The organisation manages the facility, independent from any Council support for the
community.  The facility can be used for recreational, heritage and cultural pursuits to
improve the wellbeing of the community and visitors to the area. 
4.4. WVHA has a 7 member management committee and 4 regular volunteers. WVHA
consulted with the wider community and residents within the area regarding the project
to ascertain, coordinate and reflect the views of the community. 
4.5. The grant will allow WVHA to proceed with the next step in plans to refurbish the hall
for the benefit of the community.  The Hall is at the centre of that community and an
integral part of the social, welfare and education facilities in the small rural community. 
The organisation has built up a loyal support in the village and surrounding areas
through a variety of events and educational functions, and now find limitation due to
the age and condition of the building, which was constructed in 1916 for the benefit of
Wiston residents.  Planned improvements include better access to the building and
internal areas for disabled patrons, upgrade the kitchen and toilets, improved fire and
security measures and upgrade to more energy efficient heating and lighting.  The
refurbished hall will provide modern efficient facilities for recreational and leisure
activities, with a broader scope and reach than can currently be provided. 
4.6. The group secured funds through the Clyde Windfarm Fund to undertake an initial
feasibility study (£8,730).  The project now requires funding to allow WVHA to proceed
with the selected architect team to complete technical surveys, technical design,
specification, planning permission and complete tender documentation to RIBA Stage
4 – Detailed Design.  This will provide the group with the information required to pursue
funding to refurbish the hall. 
4.7. The project has been established in response to community demand, it will improve
inclusion and sustainability and support opportunities for the surrounding area. 
4.8. The application was scored as 32.5 and which permits an intervention rate of up to
60% of eligible costs.
54

Page 55

4.9. All REF awards are conditional on suitable match funding being secured.  The REF
grant sought is 50% of the project value with the match funding as set out below. 
Funder Stage Value
Clyde Windfarm Fund To be confirmed
August 2023
£81,671.27
SLC Renewable Energy Fund Grant
(50%)
For approval £81,671.27
Total project value   £163,342.54  
4.10. The anticipated start date for the work is September 2023 and Council officers will
work with the applicant to monitor progress. 
5. Grant Recommendation
5.1. Application Number 926 
Coalburn Miners’ Welfare Charitable Society – project value £47,465 
Proposed grant award £27,465 intervention rate of 58% 
The proposed REF grant of £27,465 will be funded from Andershaw Windfarm which
contributes into the REF 
5.2. Coalburn Miners’ Welfare Charitable Society (CMWCS) is an established charity with
its purpose being:- 
 The Objects of the Charity are, to provide facilities for such forms of recreation
and other leisure time occupation as are conductive to the improvement of the
conditions of living of the inhabitants of Coalburn and neighbourhood thereof and
to address rural exclusion (including disadvantage by reason of unemployment,
poor housing, low income and poor health) and promote the wellbeing of the local
community by, among other means, providing a ‘One Stop Shop’ for the local
community. 
5.3. CMWCS is a multi-function community facility, all lands and buildings belong to the
Charity which includes Coalburn Miners’ Welfare Bowling Club and Coalburn Miners'
Welfare Social Club.  CMWCS deliver a range of activities within the facilities including
a Heritage Centre, Community Cafe, Citizens Advice Bureau, SLC/Connect 2
Renewables Employability Service, IT Suite, Cinema Club, Lunch Club, Room and
Conference Hire for the community and surrounding area. 
5.4. CMWCS has an 8 member management committee, 40 regular volunteers, 3 full time
staff and 10 part time staff and 400 members all of whom have been consulted
regarding the project to ascertain, coordinate and reflect the views of the community. 
5.5. An Energy Audit carried out on the premises recommended the installation of an air-
to-air heat source pump heating system at Coalburn Miners’ Welfare Social Club and
Coalburn Miners’ Welfare Bowling Club.  It was also advised solar panel installation at
Coalburn Miners’ Welfare Bowling Club.  The Charity currently has air-to-air heat
source pumps as a backup system in the Social Club area which is 15 years old and
currently out of order.  The new air-to-air heat source pump system and solar panels
will be more cost effective and environmentally friendly the estimated cost savings will
be 32% annually. 
5.6. The project requires capital funding to instal solar panels, air to air heat source pumps
and all electrical and joinery works to complete the project. 
55

Page 56

5.7. The project has been established in response to community demand, it will improve
inclusion and sustainability and support opportunities for the surrounding area. 
5.8. The application scored 33 which permits a maximum intervention rate of up to 60% of
eligible costs. 
5.9. All REF awards are conditional on suitable match funding being secured.  The REF
grant sought is 58% of the project value with the match funding as set out below.  
Funder Stage Value
Dalquandy Trust Fund To be confirmed
August 23
£20,000
SLC Renewable Energy Fund Grant
(58%)
For approval £27,465
Total project value   £47,465 
5.10. The project is scheduled to commence in September 2023 and be complete by
October 2023.  Officers will work with the applicant to monitor progress and any impact
on the timescales. 
6. Grant Recommendation
6.1. Application Number 919 
Glenbuck and Douglas Football Club – project value £113,667 
Proposed grant award £79,570 intervention rate of 70% 
The proposed REF grant of £79,570 will be funded from Middle Muir Windfarm which
contributes into the REF. 
6.2. Glenbuck and Douglas Football Club (GDFC) is an established charity with its purpose
being:- 
 The Objects of the Charity are, to support the advancement of public participation
in sport and the provision of recreational facilities and activities, while improving
the conditions of life for young people with a healthy, safe and fun means of
recreation for the community of the Douglas Valley and the surrounding areas. 
This done through football coaching and community football teams including boy
and girls of all ages, abilities and skill levels, through accessible coaching and
participation. 
6.3. GDFC provide football training to children from all social backgrounds within the village
of Douglas and the surrounding communities.  The Club has 5 different age and ability
groups within the academy ranging from ages 5 to 13 years old who compete in in the
Central Lanarkshire Youth Football Association league on a Saturday morning.  They
also have a programme to support and develop children and mini kickers encouraging
healthy active and social interaction.  All young people benefit from training and
coaching on various days within the week at Douglas 3rd Generation pitch during
Spring/Summer months. 
6.4. GDFC has a  4 member management committee, 10 regular volunteers, and 160
young people all of whom have been consulted regarding the project to ascertain,
coordinate and reflect the views of the community. 
6.5. This project will install floodlights at Douglas Primary School improving accessibility
for the local community using the 9-a-side MUGA pitch attached to the school.  The
MUGA pitch will operate after school hours Monday to Thursday through a community
let, allowing groups to book the pitch.  The addition of floodlights will allow extended
56

Page 57

access on the darker nights.  Previous attempts to open the MUGA to the public
unsupervised has resulted in vandalism and complaints of anti-social behaviour.  The
community let will mean the opening of the school grounds and facilities (toilets) will
be controlled.  The work is being carried out on Council owned land and is part of the
Education Estate.  The project will be managed by Housing and Technical Resources. 
The tender exercise has been carried out and the Council has 180 days to award the
contract from receipt of the resulting successful bid.  A partnership agreement between
the Council and GDFC will be entered on successful funding award. 
6.6. The project requires capital funding to meet the cost of construction, installation, fees
and ongoing maintenance costs this will ensure no cost implications to the Council. 
6.7. The project has been established in response to community demand, it will improve
inclusion and healthy activities and opportunities for the surrounding area. 
6.8. The application scored 40 which permits an intervention rate of up to 71% of eligible
costs. 
6.9. All REF awards are conditional on suitable match funding being secured.  The REF
grant sought is 70% of the project value with the match funding as set out below.  
Funder Stage Value
Clyde Wind Farm To be confirmed
August 23
£34,097
SLC Renewable Energy Fund Grant
(70%)
For approval £79,570
Total project value   £113,667 
6.10. The project is scheduled to commence in October 2023 and be complete by January
2024.  Officers will work with the applicant to monitor progress and any impact on the
timescales. 
7. Employee Implications
7.1. There are no employee implications arising from this report. 
8. Financial Implications
8.1. The awards will come from Middle Muir and Andershaw Windfarms which contributes
to the REF.  The Funds have sufficient resources to meet the proposed grant award
commitments detailed in this report. 
8.2. REF funding grant awards are conditional on all other funding being secured. 
9. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
9.1. The 3 grants will help deliver sustainability and help reduce carbon emissions in
different ways.  All projects will support local village facilities and reduce the
requirement for transport to reach good quality community facilities.  The grant to
CMWCS will fund the installation of energy efficient PV panels and air to air heat
source pumps reducing carbon emissions.  The design work for WVHA will incorporate
energy efficiency and carbon reduction within the design helping to minimise future
running costs for the hall.  The pitch lighting for GDFC will be new, however, the
lighting will be energy efficient and only used while the pitch is being used by the
community. 
57

Page 58

10. Other Implications
10.1. The risks associated with the project are focused on the potential for cost overruns,
delays to the projects or match funding not being secured and the long-term use of the
asset.  Work will continue with the applicant to help ensure match funding is secured
and that projects are delivered broadly on time and within budget. 
11. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
11.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function, or strategy and, therefore, no
impact assessment is required. 
David Booth 
Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources) 
7 August 2023 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
Values
 Focused on people and their needs
 Working with and respecting others
 Accountable, effective, efficient and transparent
 Ambitious, self-aware and improving
 Fair, open and sustainable 
Priorities
 We will work to put people first and reduce inequality
 We will work towards a sustainable future in sustainable places 
Outcomes
 Good quality, suitable and sustainable places to live
 Caring, connected, sustainable communities
 People live the healthiest lives possible 
Previous References
 None 
List of Background Papers
 Completed REF Grant Application Form for application number 926
 Completed REF Appraisal Scoring Sheet for application number 926
 Completed REF Grant Application Form for application number 914
 Completed REF Appraisal Scoring Sheet for application number 914
 Completed REF Grant Application Form for application number 919
 Completed REF Appraisal Scoring Sheet for application number 919 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Colin McFarlane, Project Development Officer, Enterprise and Sustainable Development
Services
E-mail:- colin.mcfarlane@southlanarkshire.gov.uk
58

Page 59

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Community and Enterprise Resources Committee 
Date of Meeting: 29 August 2023
Report by: Executive Director (Community and Enterprise
Resources)  
Subject: Scottish Government Vacant and Derelict Land Fund
Programme 2023/2024 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:-
[purpose]
 advise the Committee of progress made during 2022/2023 in implementing the
South Lanarkshire Delivery Plan for the Scottish Government financed Vacant and
Derelict Land Fund (VDLF)
 seek approval for the VDLF Programme for 2023/2024 
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):- 
(1) that the progress made during 2022/2023 in delivering the agreed Vacant and
Derelict Land Fund Programme in South Lanarkshire be noted; and
(2) that the allocation of funds in the 2023/2024 Vacant and Derelict Land Fund
Delivery Plan, as set out in paragraphs 5.1 and 5.2, be approved. 
3. Background
3.1. The Scottish Government allocation to South Lanarkshire for the Vacant and Derelict 
Land Fund (VDLF) for the financial year 2022/2023 was £737,000.  A Local Delivery
Plan was produced and approved by the Committee on 9 August 2022 to implement
the key objectives of VDLF which are to:- 
 tackle long-term vacant and derelict land
 stimulate economic growth and job creation
 develop a diverse, sustainable environment with a focus on temporary and
permanent greening
 support communities to flourish and tackle inequalities 
3.2. The Council acknowledges that vacant, derelict, and contaminated land acts as a
major constraint to the re-development of land and impacts on the quality of life of
many residents. 
3.3. The Scottish Government’s VDLF is available to a small number of local authorities in
Scotland – South Lanarkshire Council, Fife Council, Glasgow City Council, North
Ayrshire Council, and North Lanarkshire Council.  The eligibility criteria for projects
require the following conditions to be met:- 
9
59

Page 60

 Sites have been on the Vacant and Derelict Land Register for a minimum of 15
years.
 Eligible sites must be more than 0.1 hectares in size.
 VDLF will not support housing related projects on eligible sites.
 Sites on the Vacant and Derelict Land Register which are privately owned are
subject to State Aid / Subsidy Control rules on grant support amounts. 
3.4. South Lanarkshire’s continued inclusion on the short list of Councils who are in receipt
of VDLF awards is primarily down to the existence of large and complex vacant and
derelict sites within the Clyde Gateway boundary in our Council area. 
3.5. Other funds such as Place Based Investment Fund, Town Centre Regeneration Fund,
Clyde Mission and Vacant Derelict Land Investment Programme are being accessed
by the Council and community-based organisations to tackle sites that are vacant and
derelict but may not qualify for support under the VDLF criteria. 
4. Progress Achieved in 2022/2023
4.1. The 2022/2023 Local Delivery Plan was designed to build on the work that has been
undertaken over recent years on key projects located within South  Lanarkshire as
follows: 
Cuningar Loop Woodland Park Phase 2
The successful development of the award-winning Cuningar Loop Woodland Park has
been a collaboration between South Lanarkshire Council, Clyde Gateway Urban
Regeneration Company (URC) and Forestry and Land Scotland over the last 10 years. 
The Phase 2 proposals were successful in attracting £4 million of funding from Clyde
Mission and Green Infrastructure Fund.  The site works did not commence until
Autumn 2021 and the Phase 2 area was officially opened by the Deputy First Minister
on 1 February 2023.  Unique features in the Phase 2 area include:- 
 linked woodland walkways with seating and picnic areas
 an orientation point with local maps highlighting zones for birds, bats and
butterflies
 an art-walk with river viewpoints
 an education zone with interpretation points explaining and describing the site
and its historical legacy 
Additional spaces for car and mini-bus parking have now been provided and major
improvements to the public access road and footpath for visitors were completed in
June 2023. 
4.2. From a VDLF perspective these works aligned with the VDLF ‘sustainable
environment and greening’ priority set out in Section 3.1. 
Cuningar Loop Woodland Park Phase 3
This project, to the south-east of the Phase 2 site, is being developed to provide much
needed food growing space in the Rutherglen area. 
This vacant and derelict former landfill site is being regenerated into food growing
space, including, allotments and raised beds.  The site development works were
delayed as a result of delays experienced in implementing the Cuningar Phase 2
proposals and the upgrading works to the car park access road and footpath.  Site
investigations, ecological surveys and detail design work has been completed to
enable the provision of a minimum of 50 allotments along with raised beds, a car park
60

Page 61

for allotment users, storage provision and associated paths and shelters for users to
utilise during inclement weather conditions.  A planning application has been submitted
and the project will be procured, constructed and completed during 2023/2024.  The
project will be managed by the Council on completion. 
From a VDLF perspective the provision of allotments and food growing facilities align
with the VDLF ‘greening’ and ‘supporting communities’ priorities set out in Section 3.1. 
5. 2023/2024 VDLF Proposal
5.1. The Scottish Government allocation to South Lanarkshire from the for the financial
year 2023/2024 is £687,000. A Local Delivery Plan (LDP), compiled following a review
of opportunities that comply with the eligibility criteria for the Fund, has now been
produced and submitted to Scottish Government to implement the key objectives of
as follows: 
Langlands West Strategic Industrial Development Site, East Kilbride
Langlands West is situated on the south-side of Greenhills Road, in the heart of the
established Langlands industrial area on the southern edge of East Kilbride.  The
whole site was originally earmarked for industrial development in 2004 as part of a
joint venture between South Lanarkshire Council and Scottish Enterprise.
Infrastructure works were undertaken between 2005 and 2007 with the site split into 2
areas.  Site A has a developable area of 11.81 hectares and Site B a developable area
of 9.24 hectares.  The financial crash of 2008 severely restricted any development
opportunities, however, following the completion of the City Deal funded Greenhills
Road project and reinstatement works to the area utilised as a contractors site
compound for those works, project proposals are being developed to include:- 
 bulk earthworks / platforming
 structural landscaping / improvements to biodiversity
 improved access provision relating to on-site roads infrastructure
 upgraded site servicing (power/ drainage/ water supply/ telecoms)
 sustainable drainage (SUDS) improvements 
The Langlands West project will be promoted as a strategic employment location for
advanced manufacturing and engineering activity, suitable for both indigenous
business and inward investment. 
Clyde Cycle Park Phase 2 – Development of Community Cycling / Active Travel
Facilities
Clyde Cycle Park (CCP) is an ambitious project that is creating a high-quality
combination of cycle circuits (for skills training, road-race, cyclo-cross, BMX, cycle
speedway) on the River Clyde in Cambuslang to promote community, commuter and
competition cycling.  CCP has developed a first skills cycling circuit and associated
facilities which are now being used by cycle clubs and for community coaching
programmes.  A further 1 km of track has been created utilising grants from
Sportscotland and the Scottish Government’s Vacant and Derelict Land Investment
Programme. Further development works now planned include:- 
 installation of floodlighting
 installation of boundary fencing with associated access gates
 creation of an enlarged car parking for users
 installation of modular building accommodation (changing rooms, lockers and
toilet facilities for visitors) 
61

Page 62

Carnwath Community and Business Enterprise Hub – Town Centre Community and
Business Space
This transformational project will be developed in Carnwath village centre and is a
long-time ambition of the local community.  It is focused on a long-term former petrol
station site, recently purchased by the community group, that has been on the vacant
and derelict land register for many years.  The new hub will deliver a range of facilities
including:- 
 meeting spaces
 multi-purpose rooms
 business units
 outdoor space
 office space
 digital infrastructure 
Residents of all ages, community groups and businesses will have access to advice,
information and guidance as well as business opportunities, educational, social and
leisure activities. 
Clyde Gateway URC, Shawfield Remediation and Development
In August 2022 Community and Enterprise Resources Committee allocated £500,000
towards a greening project at Cuningar Loop Phase 3 focused on a site adjacent to
the current Council food growing allotments site.  Match funding to implement
proposals, currently being developed by Clyde Gateway URC, remains to be identified
and it will be some time before firm proposals for the site are developed to a point
where they can be delivered.  To ensure that VDLF funding is not lost it is proposed
that the Cuningar Phase 3 allocation be re-directed to the ongoing remediation and
development activity at Shawfield, Rutherglen.  These proposed works include:- 
 site investigation
 design fees
 remediation of Chromium VI contamination
  site stabilization
 treatment of abnormal site conditions including watercourses and culverts
 provision of infrastructure, buildings, services and utilities  
5.2. The above projects represent a balanced programme of activities which address
Scottish Government priorities.  The allocation of funding on these projects is proposed
as:- 
 £500,000 - Langlands West Strategic Industrial Development Site, East Kilbride
 £87,000 – Clyde Cycle Park Phase 2
 £100,000 - Carnwath Community and Business Enterprise Hub
 £500,000 - Re-allocation of 2022/2023 VDLF funding from Clyde Gateway’s
Cuningar Phase 3 project to Clyde Gateway’s Shawfield Remediation and GRID
project. 
6. Employee Implications
6.1. There are no employee implications.  Proposed workstreams can be managed using 
existing staff resources.  
62

Page 63

7. Financial Implications
7.1. The programme will be funded from the Scottish Government Vacant and  Derelict
Land Fund allocation. 
8. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
8.1. The initiative identified in this report will be delivered using a range of sustainable
techniques and models, having regard to best practice and current construction
industry guidance 
9. Other Implications
9.1. The key risks associated with these projects are focussed on the potential for cost
overruns or delays to the programme.  These risks will be managed by Clyde Gateway
URC in respect of the Shawfield project and by Community and Enterprise Resources
on the other projects in partnership with Clyde Cycle Park and Carnwath Community
and Business Enterprise Hub.  An appropriate level of contingency funding is included
in the project budget to mitigate risk. 
10. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
10.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy and, therefore, no
impact assessment is required. 
10.2. This report has been prepared in consultation with Finance and Corporate Resources.
Liaison with Clyde Gateway URC will continue utilising the Council’s existing
monitoring arrangements and attendance at URC Stakeholder meetings and Board
meetings. 
David Booth
Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources) 
7 August 2023 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Caring, connected, sustainable communities 
 People live the healthiest lives possible
 Good quality, suitable and sustainable places to live 
Previous References
 None 
List of Background Papers
 Community and Enterprise Resources Committee - 9 August 2022
 South Lanarkshire Council 2023/24 Proposed VDLF Delivery Plan – June 2023 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Ken Meek, Project Manager
Email: ken.meek@southlanarkshire.gov.uk
63

Page 64

64

Page 65

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Community and Enterprise Resources Committee
Date of Meeting: 29 August 2023
Report by: Executive Director (Community and Enterprise
Resources)  
Subject: UK Shared Prosperity Fund Update 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:
[purpose]
 update the Committee on the progress of the UK Shared Prosperity Fund
(UKSPF) Investment Plan
[1purpose]
2. Recommendations
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):- 
(1) that the progress of the UKSPF be noted;
(2) that the expenditure profile set out in Table 1, and the Activity Plan detailed in
Appendix 1, be approved;
(3) that it be approved that the Executive Director (Community and Enterprise
Resources) be given delegated powers, as set out in section 4.8 of the report;
and
(4) that it be noted that progress reports will be brought to the Committee annually. 
3. Background
3.1. As previously reported in August 2022, South Lanarkshire Council received a
conditional allocation of £12,221,811 from the UK Government providing a mix of
capital and revenue funding for projects which meet the UKSPF 4 investment themes:- 
 communities and place 
 support for local business
 people and skills
 multiply 
The fund runs for 3 financial years from 2022/2023 to 2024/2025. 
3.2. At the Committee meeting of 9 August 2022, the Committee considered a report
outlining the approach in South Lanarkshire and agreed to work as part of the Glasgow
City Region (GCR) with a single Investment Plan for the Region. 
3.3. The Committee also agreed the priorities for South Lanarkshire and agreed further
reports would be brought to Committee on the detailed outcome of the Investment
Plan and progress. 
3.4. The Glasgow City Region Investment Plan of a combined total value of £73,874,280
was submitted on 30 August 2022. 
10
65

Page 66

4. UKSPF South Lanarkshire Investment Programme 
4.1. Approval of the Investment Plan was received from the UK Government on 5
December 2022 and following the conclusion of the grant agreement and assurance
documentation the Council received the 2022/2023 allocation of £1,865,176 in
February 2023. 
4.2. Due to the delay in the approval of Investment Plans, the UK Government recognised
the need for councils to reprofile the expected spend in years one and 2 of the UKSPF
programme.  A reprofiling exercise along with credible plans for the spend in
2023/2024 was prepared by the Council.  These plans were collated and submitted by
the GCR in March 2023 and recently approved by the UK Government.  The Council’s
revised spend profile is set out below in Table 1. 
Table 1 - UKSPF Expenditure Profile 
INTERVENTION
THEME
Year 1
2022/2023 (£)
Year 2
2023/2024 (£)
Year 3
2024/2025 (£)
Total (£)
Community and
Place Intervention
255,531 1,370,260 2,073,000 3,698,791
Local Business
Intervention
- 994,893 2,071,611 3,066,504
People and Skills
Intervention
- 913,332 2,028,140 2,941,472
Multiply
Intervention
50,000 1,269,368 706,804 2,026,172
4% 
Management
74.607 127,617 286,648 488,872
TOTAL ANNUAL
BUDGET
380,138 4,675,470 7,166,203 12,221,811 
4.3. Each UKSPF Intervention Theme has a selection of priorities.  Following the work set
out in the previous report, budgets have been allocated to priorities as set out in the
Activity Plan in Appendix 1 delivered by different services across the Council and
partners.   
4.4. The UKSPF allows councils to use up to 4% of the allocation for management and
administration.  As a result, the Council can access £0.489 million over 3 years to
manage the programme. 
4.5. Aligned with the UKSPF priorities are a range of outputs and outcomes as summarised
at Appendix 2. 
4.6. Delivery across the programme has commenced and will be monitored by officers
within Enterprise and Sustainable Development Service.  A cross resource
programme governance group has been established to monitor progress and advise
on changes to expenditure profiles and outcomes and report to the Director of
Community and Enterprise. 
4.7. Quarterly and 6-monthly monitoring and reporting to GCR and the UK Government.
will be undertaken.  Depending on the nature and the scale of any changes to the
approved financial profile detailed in Table 1 approval is required from either GCR or
the UK Government. 
66

Page 67

4.8. To ensure the effective delivery of the UKSPF Programme in South Lanarkshire and
minimise the risk of underspend, delegated authority to the Executive Director
(Community and Enterprise Resources) is sought to:- 
 approve quarterly and 6-monthly monitoring reports for submission to GCR and
the UK Government
 approve financial changes both within interventions and between interventions
as detailed in Table 1
 approve changes to outputs and outcomes at intervention level as detailed in
Appendix 2
 approve guidance to challenge funds and grant programmes developed to
deliver approved UKSPF activities as detailed in Appendix 1 
4.9. Each Service will remain responsible for ensuring that it has the appropriate authority
to deliver activity, including where appropriate relevant Resource Committees. 
4.10. Annual progress reports will be provided to Committee and will provide an update on
project activity and expenditure as well as outcomes and outputs. 
5. Employee Implications
5.1. The UKSPF allows for 4% of the allocation to be used for the management and
administration of the fund.  This will be used to fund existing staff within Economic
Development and Finance and Corporate Resources which will be undertaken within
existing staffing resources. 
6. Financial Implications
6.1. The UKSPF represents additional resources to deliver the Council’s Economic
Strategy, Tourism Strategy and Social Economy Strategy. 
7. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
7.1. Across the 3 Investment Themes there are interventions that will support the reduction
of carbon emissions and priorities such as investing in green business infrastructure
which will also support the Council’s sustainability objectives. 
8. Other Implications
8.1. There are no other implications as a result of this report. 
9. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
9.1. The Investment Plan will require an Equality Impact Assessment to be completed. 
David Booth
Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources) 
7 August 2023 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes 
Values
 Focused on people and their needs
67

Page 68

 Working with and respecting others
 Accountable, effective, efficient and transparent
 Ambitious, self-aware and improving
 Fair, open and sustainable
 Excellent employer 
Priorities
 We will work to put people first and reduce inequality
 We will work towards a sustainable future in sustainable places
 We will work to recover, progress and improve 
Outcomes
 Our children and young people thrive
 Good quality, suitable and sustainable places to live
 Caring, connected, sustainable communities 
 People live the healthiest lives possible
 Inspiring learners, transforming learning, strengthening partnerships 
Previous References
 Community and Enterprise Resources Committee 9 August 2022 – UK Shared
Prosperity Fund 
List of Background Papers
 None 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Kenny Lean, Economic Development Manager (Funding and Rural)
E-mail:- Kenny.Lean@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
68

Page 69

Appendix 1     
UK SPF Priority summary description
Community and Place Interventions SLC Activity summary 2022/2023 2023/2024 2024/2025
Annual
Expenditure
Totals
Place based investments, regeneration and town
centre improvements
Supporting place based funding programme and
town centres    £390,000 £223,000 £613,000
Support/improve community assets and
infrastructure projects
Support to communities for net zero sustainability
through grants and SLC resources     £300,000 £300,000
Design and management of the built and
landscaped environment Upgrade to town centre CCTV  £180,000 £160,000 £160,000 £500,000
Support sport, arts, cultural, heritage and creative
activities
Investment in SLC culture and heritages, sports
facilities investment    £250,000 £750,000 £1,000,000
Active travel enhancements and small scale
transport projects Investment in active travel projects for communities   £200,000 £200,000 £400,000
Campaigns to encourage visiting and exploring the
local area Supporting Visit Lanarkshire marketing campaigns   £60,000 £40,000 £100,000
Investment in capacity building and resilience for
local groups
Supporting Can Do Grants, community
empowerment and Clyde Forrest £75,531 £310,260 £400,000 £785,791
Communities and Place Interventions Total  Totals  £255,531 £1,370,260 £2,073,000 £3,698,791  
10
69

Page 70

UK SPF Priority summary description
Local Business Intervention SLC Activity summary 2022/2023 2023/2024 2024/2025
Annual
Expenditure
Totals
Development and promotion of the visitor economy Support to tourism sector through grants and
support measures   £125,000 £150,000 £275,000
SME development grants and support. Small Business Grants    £500,000 £500,000 £1,000,000
Investing in enterprise infrastructure, site
development projects
Investment in energy efficiency in SLC industrial
infrastructure   £25,654 £883,486 £909,140
Expert business advice and support programmes,
local and regional Provide specialist advice services to business    £244,126 £276,750 £520,876
Growing the local social economy. Supporting Social Enterprise and strategy     £200,000 £200,000
Support relevant feasibility studies Feasibility reports on energy efficiency in industrial
infrastructure    £20,000 £20,000 £40,000
Investment to protect from natural hazards, flooding
and coastal erosion Clyde Gateway riverbank stabilisation   £80,113 £41,375 £121,488
Local Business Interventions Total   £0 £994,893 £2,071,611 £3,066,504  
70

Page 71

UK SPF Priority summary description
People and Skills Intervention SLC Activity summary 2022/2023 2023/2024 2024/2025
Annual
Expenditure
Totals
Employment support for economically inactive
people
Targeted support at the least economically active
individuals. Supporting SLC No One Left Behind
Plan    
£93,800 £93,800
Courses including basic skills for those not
economically inactive
Support for ESOL English for Speakers of Other
Languages     £120,337 £120,337
Employability programmes and advice - No One
Left Behind agenda etc
Main programme supporting SLC No One Left
Behind Plan   £500,000 £1,047,210 £1,547,210
Education and skills targeting the vulnerable
leaving school School leavers support into destinations   £284,000 £568,000 £852,000
Support for community learning and development VASLAN 3rd sector employability support   £129,332 £198,793 £328,125
People and Skills Intervention Total   £0 £913,332 £2,028,140 £2,941,472 
71

Page 72

UK SPF Priority summary description
Multiply Intervention SLC Activity summary 2022/2023 2023/2024 2024/2025
Annual
Expenditure
Totals
Courses for parents wanting to increase numeracy
skills
Education maths support to parents in deprived
areas  
£485,344 £243,163 £728,507
Courses aimed at encouraging people to upskill to
access jobs/careers  Maths support for those in College  
£233,496 £93,289 £326,785
Courses designed to help people use numeracy to
manage money Adult Learning numeracy support  
£360,528 £220,352 £580,880
Provision developed in partnership with community
organisations
VASLAN Community organisation grants
supporting numeracy
£50,000 £190,000 £150,000 £390,000
Multiply Intervention Total   £50,000 £1,269,368 £706,804 £2,026,172 
72

Page 73

Appendix 2   
Communities and Place (CP) Outputs achieved so far (cumulative)  
Output Total CP Outputs
Number of commercial buildings completed or improved (Number of buildings) 4
Number of rehabilitated premises (numerical value) 2
Amount of rehabilitated land (M2) 200
Amount of public realm created or improved (M2) 1001
Number of low or zero carbon energy infrastructure installed Number of units) 5
Amount of low or zero carbon energy infrastructure installed (M2) 100
Number of organisations receiving financial support other than grants (Number of
organisations) 51
Number of organisations receiving grants (Number of organisations) 35
Number of organisations receiving non-financial support (Number of
organisations) 70
Number of neighbourhood improvements undertaken (Number of improvements) 12
Number of amenities/facilities created or improved (Number of amenities or
facilities) 19
Number of new or improved cycleways or footpaths (Number of cycleways or
footpaths) 3
Total length of new or improved cycleways or footpaths  1000
Number of Tourism, Culture or heritage assets created or improved (Number of
assets) 6
Number of people reached (Number of people) 100000
Number of people attending training sessions (Number of people) 50  
Communities and Place (CP) Ouutcomes achieved so far (cumulative) 
Outcome
Total CP
Outcomes
Jobs created as a result of support (Number of Full time equivalent (FTE) 4
Increased footfall (Number of people) 200
Estimated Carbon dioxide equivalent reductions as a result of support (Tonnes of
CO2e) 20
Improved perception of facilities/amenities(Number of people) 200
Increased users of facilities/amenities (Number of users) 100
Improved perception of facility/infrastructure project (Number of people) 500
Increased use of cycleways or footpaths (Number of cyclists or pedestrians) 100
Improved perception of safety (Number of People) 100
Neighbourhood crimes (Number of crimes reported) 100
Improved engagement numbers (Number of people) 300
Increased number of web searches for a place (Number of web searches) 250  
73

Page 74

Supporting Local Business Outputs achieved so far (cumulative)    
Output Total LB Outputs
Number of enterprises receiving financial support other than grants (Number of
enterprises) 64
Number of enterprises receiving non-financial support (Number of enterprises) 86
Number of enterprises receiving grants (Number of enterprises) 87
Number of potential entrepreneurs provided assistance to be business ready
(Number of entrepeneurs) 30
Number of Tourism, Culture or heritage assets created or improved (Number of
assets) 5
Number of commercial buildings completed or improved (Number of buildings) 15
Amount of commercial buildings developed or improved (M2) 3500
Number of local events or activities supported (Number of events/activities) 5
Number of people attending training sessions (Number of people) 100
Number of events/participatory programmes (Number of events/participatory
programmes) 6
Number of properties better protected from flooding and coastal erosion (Number
of properties) 2  
Supporting Local Business Outcomes achieved so far (cumulative)  
Outcome
Total LB
Outcomes
Jobs created as a result of support (Number of full time equivalent (FTE)) 26
Number of new enterprises created as a result of support (Number of new
enterprises) 30
Increased footfall (Number of people) 1
Increased visitor numbers (Number of people) 1
Increase in visitor spending (Amount of visitor spend in £) 1
Increased amount of investment (£)  £1,350,000 
Number of organisations engaged in new knowledge transfer activity following
support (Number of Organisations) 25
Number of new to market products (Number of products) 5
The number of projects arising from funded feasibility studies (Number of projects) 4
Increased number of properties better protected from flooding and coastal erosion
(Number of properties) 2  
74

Page 75

People and Skills (PS) Outputs achieved so far (cumulative)    
Output Total PS Outputs
Number of economically inactive people engaging with keyworker support
services (Number of people) 50
Number of economically inactive people supported to engage with the benefits
system (Number of people) 16
Number of socially excluded people accessing support (Number of people) 428
Number of people supported to access basic skills courses (Number of people) 10
Number of people accessing mental and physical health support leading to
employment (number of people) 149
Number of people supported to engage in job-searching (Number of people) 428
Number of people receiving support to gain employment (Number of people) 197
Number of people receiving support to sustain employment (Number of people) 78
Effective working between keyworkers and additional services (Number of
engagements) 50
Number of people supported to participate in education (Number of people) 20
Number of people taking part in work experience programmes (Number of people) 170
Number of people retraining (Number of people) 165
Number of people in employment engaging with the skills system (Number of
people) 165  
People and Skills (PS) Outcomes achieved so far (cumulative)    
Outcome
Total PS
Outcomes
Number of economically inactive individuals engaged with benefits system
following support (Number of people) 50
Number of active or sustained participants in community groups as a result of
support (Number of participants) 2
Number of people reporting increased employability through development of
interpersonal skills funded by UKSPF (Number of people) 50
Number of people with basic skills following support (Number of people) 3
Number of people in supported employment (Number of people)  3
Number of people engaging with mainstream healthcare services (Number of
people) 151
Number of people sustaining engagement with keyworker support and additional
services (Number of people) 438
Number of people engaged in job-searching following support (Number of people) 448
Number of people in employment, including self-employment, following support
(Number of people) 765
Number of people sustaining employment for 6 months (Number of people) 70
Number of people in education/training following support (Number of people) 319
Number of people experiencing reduced structural barriers into employment and
into skills provision (Number of people) 578
Number of people familiarised with employers expectations, including, standards
of behaviour in the workplace (Number of People) 578  
75

Page 76

Multiply Outputs achieved so far (cumulative)    
Output Totals 
Number of adult numeracy courses run in a local area through Multiply (Number of
courses) 366
Number of people participating in Multiply funded courses (Number of people) 3840
Number of people achieving a qualification (Number of people) 200
Number of courses developed in collaboration with employers (Number of
courses) 6
Number of people referred from partners onto upskill courses (Number of people) 100
Number of different cohorts participating in numeracy courses (Number of cohorts) 0
Courses set up to increase confidence/ number of people engaged in courses 840  
Multiply Outcomes achieved so far (cumulative)    
Outcome Totals
Number of adults achieving maths qualifications up to, and including, Level 2
equivalent (Number of Adults) 20
Number of adults participating in maths qualifications and courses up to, and
including, Level 2 equivalent (Number of adults) 20 
76

Page 77

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Community and Enterprise Resources Committee
Date of Meeting: 29 August 2023
Report by: Executive Director (Community and Enterprise
Resources)  
Subject: Community and Enterprise Resource Plan: 
Quarter 4 Progress Report 2022/2023 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:-
[purpose]
 provide the Community and Enterprise Resource Plan Quarter 4 Progress
Report 2022/2023, for the period 1 April 2022 to 31 March 2023
[1purpose]
2. Recommendations
2.1. Committee is asked to approve the following recommendations:-
[
(1) that the Community and Enterprise Resource Plan Quarter 4 Progress Report
2022/2023 as summarised in paragraph 5.2. and attached as Appendix 2 of
this report, be noted;
(2) that the key achievements made by the Resource, as detailed in paragraph
5.3. of this report, be noted;
(3) that the areas for improvement and associated management actions as
detailed in paragraph 5.4. of this report, be noted; and
(4) that the additional scrutiny of changes in BRAG status between Quarter 2 and
Quarter 4 as summarised at paragraph 5.5 and detailed at Appendix 3 of this
report, be noted. 
3. Background
3.1. The Community and Enterprise Resource Plan 2022/2023 was approved by the
Executive Committee on 24 August 2022, and subsequently noted by the
Community and Enterprise Resources Committee on 4 October 2022.  The plan sets
out the strategic outcomes and actions to be managed and delivered by the
Resource for the financial year 2022/2023.   
3.2. The Resource Plan follows the agreed corporate structure and style.  The Plan is a
key element of the Council’s performance management arrangements and provides
details of the context within which the Resource operates and establishes actions
and measures for the year ahead based on the outcomes set out in the Council Plan
Connect 2022 to 2027. 
3.3. From March 2020 onwards, at times, the Council was forced to suspend or reduce a
number of services that could not be continued in full due to the COVID-19
pandemic.  The Council was also obliged to redirect resources so that it could deliver
vital new services and supports for individuals, communities, and businesses. 
Despite the return of services through the Council’s Recovery Plan there is a
COVID-19 legacy in terms of a residual impact on some services and a significant
11
77

Page 78

build-up of demand, as a result of which there remains an inevitable impact on
performance in some areas. 
4. Resource Outcomes 2022/2023
4.1. The Resource has established a number of outcomes to support the delivery of the
Connect Outcomes in 2022/2023.  These are detailed at Appendix 1. 
5. Quarter 4 Progress Report 2022/2023
5.1. Progress against all Resource Plan measures is contained in the Quarter 4 Progress
Report 2022/2023, attached as Appendix 2.  This report has been produced from the
Council’s performance management reporting system IMPROVe, and uses a traffic
light format with the following definitions to give a status report on each measure:  
Status Definition
Blue Project complete
Green The timescale or target has been met as per expectations
Amber There has been minor slippage against timescale or minor shortfall
against target
Red There has been major slippage against timescale or major shortfall
against target
Report
later
The information is not yet available to allow us to say whether the
target has been reached or not.  This will be reported when available
Contextual Included for ‘information only’, to set performance information in context 
5.2. The overall summary of progress to date is as follows: 
Status Measures
Statistical Project Number %
Blue 0 6 6 23.0%
Green  7 5 12 46.2%
Amber  0 4 4 15.4%
Red  2 0 2 7.7%
Report later/Contextual 2 0 2 7.7%
Totals  11 15 26 100.0% 
(Data correct as at 5 June 2023) 
5.3. Key achievements are noted below:- 
Connect Outcome Our Economy
Resource Outcome Achievement
Our economy is fair,
inclusive, sustainable and low
carbon, with thriving town and
neighbourhood centres which
provide a focal point for local
communities 
The Economic Strategy (2022 to 2027) and the
new South Lanarkshire Tourism Strategy were
approved at Community and Enterprise
Resources Committee in December 2022.
South Lanarkshire is an
attractive place to start, grow
and locate a business
520 new South Lanarkshire business starts were
supported by Business Gateway during
2022/2023, exceeding the target of 500. 
Connect Outcome Communities and Environment
Resource Outcome Achievement
All roads, footways, cycle
routes, bridges and
associated infrastructure are
safe and fit for purpose
The roads service completed the implementation
of 20mph “zones” at approximately 90 schools
and 20mph cordons in six town centres (Carluke,
Lanark, Bothwell, Strathaven, Larkhall and
78

Page 79

Uddingston).
High-quality streets, parks
and other public areas
ensures South Lanarkshire is
a place where people want to
live, work and visit
In November 2022, the Climate Change and
Sustainability Committee approved adoption of
the Clyde Climate Forest Concordat which
commits South Lanarkshire Council to partnership
working across the region, with SLC chairing the
Canopy Working Group.
The grounds service has developed an Ash
Dieback Disease action plan, creating new
trainee posts to begin to tackle the issue.
Communities are encouraged
and supported to reduce, re-
use and recycle their waste
During 2022, 1.84% of household waste was sent
to landfill, which is significantly below (better than)
the target of 10%.
The Council addresses
climate change by reducing
carbon emissions, protecting
our natural environment,
adapting to the impacts of
climate change, and acting
sustainably
The Council successfully introduced tariffs at
public electric vehicle charging points, which
came into operation on 1 November 2022. The
tariffs will cover the running costs of the
infrastructure as well as end of life replacement
cost.
The Climate Emergency Community Grants
scheme has been a huge success with 32
community groups having successfully applied for
funding during 2022/2023. A mid-term report on
the progress and impact of the Fund was
presented to the Climate Change and
Sustainability Committee in November 2022. 
A PhD student from Glasgow Caledonian
University (part-funded through the Climate
Emergency Fund) started in February 2023 to
undertake a study on the climate vulnerability of
South Lanarkshire communities and specific
groups and their capacity to transition to net-zero.
This project will be framed on climate justice and
a just transition in the South Lanarkshire.
Connect Outcome Health and Wellbeing   
Resource Outcome Achievement
Public health is safeguarded
through an effective
environmental regulation and
enforcement service
Beat the Street East Kilbride was delivered
successfully with 11,803 (15.7%) of local
population participating. 151,688 miles were
travelled sustainably with an 11% reduction in
adult motorised vehicle use reported. Other action
plan measures are ongoing, including Eco Stars,
Walkcycle4air, Love to Ride South Lanarkshire,
engine idling campaign works, vehicle emission
testing and walking and cycling promotion.
Connect Outcome Delivering the plan and chieving Best Value  
Resource Outcome Achievement
Customers experience high
quality and improving Council
services
The Building Standards service maintained an 8.0
rating through the annual national Scottish
Government Customer Satisfaction Survey, which
is above the National average, and alongside the
Planning Service, were successful in retaining
Customer Service Excellence for another year
79

Page 80

The Bereavement service successful retained the
Customer Service Excellence award after
inspection in Autumn 2022. 
5.4. Areas for improvement
Two measures were classified as “red” (major slippage against timescale or shortfall
against target).  These are detailed below, together with the reason why, and the
management action being taken. 
Communities and Environment 
Resource Outcome:   Communities are encouraged and supported to reduce,
re-use and recycle their waste
Measure  Comments/Progress Action by Manager 
Percentage of total
household waste
that is recycled
The Household Recycling
Rate for this period was
37.75%. The figure for the full
year (2022) was 41.2%. This
remains below the target of
50%. 
The new bulky waste
contract commenced on 1
April 2022, and continues to
increase the quantities of
bulky waste being recycled.
The service has also now
recruited additional Waste
Education Officers to rollout
the new service change for
flatted properties to improve
the recycling rates. The
majority of the material at
the flatted properties tends
to be too badly
contaminated to recycle
and, therefore, is landfilled
as residual waste 
Communities and Environment 
Resource Outcome:   All roads, footways and bridges and associated
infrastructure are safe and fit for purpose
Measure  Comments/Progress Action by Manager 
Percentage of our
road network that
should be
considered for
maintenance
treatment
This figure is derived from the
Society of Chief Officers of
Transportation in Scotland
(SCOTS) Road Condition
Index (RCI) survey. The
survey has now been
completed and the overall
RCI is 30.8% for 2021 to
2023. This falls short of the
target of 29.7% and is a
depreciation of 1.1% in the
overall condition of the road
network. Individual road
categories are generally also
showing a concerning
regression in condition.
The roads service will
continue to undertake road
and footway maintenance
works in line with the
Council’s statutory duty to
manage and maintain roads,
and in line with the
resources available. 
80

Page 81

5.5. Scrutiny of changes in BRAG status 
A further analysis introduced to aid scrutiny of performance, is to highlight and
explain all measures that have changed BRAG status from Quarter 2 to Quarter 4.  A
summary of the measures falling into this category of further scrutiny is included at
Appendix 3. 
5.6. Report Later / Contextual 
Measures in the quarterly progress report which are not red, amber, green or blue
can be assigned a status of ‘report later’ or ‘contextual’.  At Quarter 4, there were 2
measures with ‘report later’ status; the carbon emissions data will be available in
Summer 2023, and the 2022/2023 results from the Littering Monitoring Survey
(previously LEAMS) will be available in January 2024.  These will be reported in
future progress update reports. 
6. Employee Implications
6.1. The outcomes noted within the Resource Plan will inform the Service Action Plans,
where applicable, and in turn the Performance Appraisal process for individual
employees. 
6.2. Absence statistics are monitored and reported through the Council-wide workforce
monitoring report which is presented to each Resource Committee and the
Employees Issues Forum.  The absence rate for Community and Enterprise
Resources from April 2022 to March 2023 was 6.9%, which is higher than the
Council-wide figure of 5.7%. 
7. Financial Implications
7.1. The outcomes within the Resource Plan are reflected in the respective annual
Resource Revenue and Capital budgets and, longer term, within the framework of
the Council’s approved Financial Strategy. 
8. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
8.1. There are no climate change or environmental implications as a result of this report,
however, a number of actions within the Resource and Service Plans contribute
positively to the Council’s Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy. 
8.2. The Resource Plan takes into account the Resource’s responsibilities in relation to
sustainable development and climate change. 
9. Other Implications
9.1. The Community Plan 2022 to 2032 was agreed at the Community Planning
Partnership Board on 22 June 2022.  A significant element of the delivery of the
outcomes in the Community Plan will come through the achievement of the
outcomes and actions contained within Connect. 
9.2. Resource Plan actions are assessed as part of the Resource’s risk management
arrangements and relevant issues have been added to the Resource Risk Register. 
10. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
10.1. Many of the actions detailed within the Resource Plan reflect ongoing strategies and
policies which will be or have been the subject of consultation and equality impact
assessment. 
81

Page 82

David Booth
Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources) 
7 August 2023 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
Values
 Focused on people and their needs
 Working with and respecting others
 Accountable, effective, efficient and transparent
 Ambitious, self-aware and improving
 Fair, open and sustainable
 Excellent employer 
Priorities
 We will work to put people first and reduce inequality
 We will work towards a sustainable future in sustainable places
 We will work to recover, progress and improve 
Outcomes
 Our children and young people thrive
 Good quality, suitable and sustainable places to live
 Thriving business, fair jobs and vibrant town centres
 Caring, connected, sustainable communities
 People live the healthiest lives possible
 Inspiring learners, transforming learning, strengthening partnerships 
Previous References
 Community and Enterprise Resources Quarter 2 Progress Report 2022/2023-
Community and Enterprise Resources Committee14 March 2023 
List of Background Papers
 Council Plan Connect 2022 to 2027 –South Lanarkshire Council - 15 June 2022
 Community and Enterprise Resources Plan 2022/2023 –Executive Committee - 24
August 2022; Community and Enterprise Resources Committee 4 October 2022 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Gillian Simpson (Development Adviser)
E-mail:- gillian.simpson@southlanarkshire.gov.uk
82

Page 83

Appendix 1
Community and Enterprise Resource Outcomes 2022/2023   
Connect Outcomes Resource Outcomes  
Communities and
Environment 
• High-quality streets, parks and other public areas
ensures South Lanarkshire is a place where people want
to live, work, visit and invest
• Communities are encouraged and supported to reduce,
re-use and recycle their waste
• The Council addresses climate change by reducing
carbon emissions, protecting our natural environment,
adapting to the impacts of climate change, and acting
sustainably
• The Council supports and promotes a fairer, healthier,
and more sustainable food system 
• All roads, footways, cycle routes, bridges and associated
infrastructure are safe and fit for purpose
• Road and transportation infrastructure supports new
development, enables use of public transport and
encourages active travel
Education and Learning  • No resource outcomes for this priority 
Health and Wellbeing  • Public health is safeguarded through an effective
environmental regulation and enforcement service
• All school and nursery children have access to nutritious
school meals 
• All residents have the opportunity to access cultural,
leisure and outdoor recreational activities to help improve
their wellbeing and quality of life
Children and Young
People 
• No resource outcomes for this priority 
Housing and Land  • Vacant, derelict and contaminated land is brought back
into productive use
Our Economy  • Our economy is fair, inclusive, sustainable and low
carbon, with thriving town and neighbourhood centres
which provide a focal point for local communities 
• South Lanarkshire is an attractive place to start, grow
and locate a business
• Physical development and land use in the area is
enabled, guided and controlled to help facilitate
economic growth  
• Consumers and communities are protected through an
effective trading standards service 
Delivering the Plan and
achieving Best Value
• Customers experience high quality and improving
Council services
• The Council demonstrates high standards of governance
and sound financial stewardship
• The workforce has the skills, flexibility and capacity to
deliver the Council’s priorities
• Digital and ICT services meet the needs of the Council
and its customers 
11
83

Page 84

84

Page 85

IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                  Report printed on 5 Jun 11:18
Quarter 4 : April 2022 - March 2023
Community and Enterprise Resources
Community and Enterprise
Resource Plan Scorecard
(This represents the cumulative position to March 2023)
Performance Report 2022-23
11
85

Page 86

IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                  Report printed on 5 Jun 11:18
Summary - number of measures green, amber and red under each Council Plan Outcome /
Theme
Council Outcome/ Theme Green Amber Red Report later /
Contextual
Total
Communities and Environment 3 0 2 2 7
Education and Learning 0 0 0 0 0
Health and Wellbeing 1 0 0 0 1
Children and Young People 0 0 0 0 0
Housing and Land 0 0 0 0 0
Our Economy 3 0 0 0 3
Delivering the plan and achieving best value 0 0 0 0 0
Total 7 0 2 2 11
Page 1
86

Page 87

IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
Communities and Environment
High-quality streets, parks and other public areas ensures South Lanarkshire is a place where people want to live, work, visit and invest
Performance Indicators Comments/ Progress Status Target To Date
-------- Last 3 Years ------------------- This Year -----------
Percentage of streets found to be
acceptable during LEAMS survey
The LEAMS survey has now been replaced by the Litter Monitoring
System (LMS). This is a statutory requirement and involves external
validation by Keep Scotland Beautiful.
In 2021-22, South Lanarkshire Council continued to score higher for its
street cleansing service than the Scottish average, with 92.10% of
streets surveyed found to be of an acceptable standard. This is down
slightly from 94.05% in 2020-21.
The LMS results for 2022-23 will be reported as part of the LGBF
framework in early 2024.
Report Later 94.10% ------ 94.80% 94.10% 92.10%
Land Audit Management System grounds
maintenance score
The final score for LAMs for 2022 is 72, which is an improvement on the
previous year and meets the set target.
Green 72.0 72.0 72.0 72.0 71.3
Communities are encouraged and supported to reduce, re-use and recycle their waste
Performance Indicators Comments/ Progress Status Target To Date
-------- Last 3 Years ------------------- This Year -----------
Percentage of total household waste that is
recycled in 2022
The measure is reported per calendar year, and so the figure for quarter
four covers the period October - December 2022. The Household
Recycling Rate for this period was 37.75%. The figure for the full year
(2022) was 41.2%. This remains below the target of 50%. The new bulky
waste contract is ongoing, having commenced on 1 April 2022, and
continues to increase the quantities of bulky waste being recycled. The
service has also now recruited additional Waste Education Officers to
rollout the new service change for flatted properties to improve the
recycling rates. The majority of the material at the flatted properties
tends to be too badly contaminated to recycle and therefore is landfilled
as residual waste.
Red 50.00% 41.20% 46.40% 40.50% 41.50%
Percentage of household waste sent to
landfill in 2022
This measure is reported per calendar year, and so the figure provided
for quarter four relates to the period October - December 2022. During
this period, 2.07% of Household Waste was sent to landfill. The overall
figure for 2022 is 1.84%, which is below (better than) the target of 10%.
Green 10.00% 1.84% ------ 9.71% 8.66%
Page 2
87

Page 88

IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
Communities and Environment
The council addresses climate change by reducing carbon emissions, protecting our natural environment, adapting to the impacts of climate change, and actingsustainably
Performance Indicators Comments/ Progress Status Target To Date
-------- Last 3 Years ------------------- This Year -----------
Reduction in the council’s carbon
emissions achieved by March 2023
(buildings, waste, street lighting, transport)
The results for financial year 2022-23 will be available in Summer 2023,
and will be be included in the quarter two update for 2023-24.
For 2021-22, it was reported that the council's carbon emissions
reduced by 17% compared with baseline year 2019-20.
Report Later 5.0% ------ 44.0% 19.0% 17.0%
All roads, footways and bridges and associated infrastructure are safe and fit for purpose
Performance Indicators Comments/ Progress Status Target To Date
-------- Last 3 Years ------------------- This Year -----------
Percentage of our road network that should
be considered for maintenance treatment
This figure is derived from the Society of Chief Officers of Transportation
in Scotland (SCOTS) Road Condition Index (RCI) survey.
The survey has now been completed and the overall RCI is 30.8% for
the period 2021-2023. This falls short of the target of 29.7% and is a
depreciation of 1.1% in the overall condition of the road network.
Individual road categories are generally also showing a concerning
regression in condition.
Red 29.7% 30.8% 30.3% 30.6% 29.7%
Number of road casualties in South
Lanarkshire during 2022
Provisional casualty figures are available for calendar year 2022, when
there were 279 casualties. Of these, there were 10 fatal casualties, 82
serious casualties and 187 slight casualties. There were 0 child fatal
casualties, 4 child seriously injured and 16 children slightly injured.
Compared with the same period in 2021, there were 254 casualties. Of
these, there were 7 fatalities, 82 serious casualties and 165 slight
casualties. For children in 2021, there were 0 child fatal casualties,  8
children seriously injured and  21 children slightly injured.
The casualty figures in recent years have been affected by travel
restrictions, as well as changing travel patterns, as a consequence of
the Covid-19 pandemic. The target figure of 432 reflects the pre-Covid
(final 2019) figure.
Green 432 279 432 317 254
Page 3
88

Page 89

IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
Health and Wellbeing
Public health is safeguarded through an effective environmental regulation and enforcement service
Performance Indicators Comments/ Progress Status Target To Date
-------- Last 3 Years ------------------- This Year -----------
Broad compliance with food law statutory
requirements secured in premises
The rating scheme used to determine broad compliance with food safety
requirements in food businesses operating within South Lanarkshire and
inspected by Environmental Services changed on 1 July 2019. The
previous food law rating scheme focused on broad compliance with food
hygiene requirements only, whereas the new scheme assesses overall
compliance with both food hygiene and food standards legislation.
Under the combined old and new food law rating schemes, 95% of food
businesses that have been inspected were found to be broadly
compliant in the forth quarter of 2022-23 (January - March 2023).  This
equates to 2,557 food businesses.  Year to date, 96% of food
businesses that have been inspected were found to be broadly
compliant with both food hygiene and food standards legislation.
This compliance figure continues to exceed the annual target set for this
measure, and has increased gradually since the new food law rating
scheme has come into affect. This is due to the fact that the new food
law rating scheme allows local authorities to focus resources on high
risk and non-compliant businesses by conducting more frequent
inspections in these establishments.
Green 85.0% 96.0% 87.9% 90.0% 93.0%
Our Economy
South Lanarkshire is an attractive place to start, grow and locate a business
Performance Indicators Comments/ Progress Status Target To Date
-------- Last 3 Years ------------------- This Year -----------
Number of jobs created or sustained per
annum as a direct result of Economic
Development intervention
Target exceeded.  Note: this was an abnormally high year of grant
allocations due to the catch up as a result of delays caused by Covid-19,
and the fact that the European Regional Development Fund programme
ends this year.
Green 500 1,256 943 ------ 1,095
Number of new South Lanarkshire
business starts supported by Business
Gateway
There were 520 new South Lanarkshire business starts supported by
Business Gateway in 2022-23. Target exceeded for the year.
Green 500 520 ------ ------ ------
Page 4
89

Page 90

IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                   Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard Performance Indicators Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
Our Economy
Physical development and land use in the area is enabled, guided and controlled to help facilitate economic growth
Performance Indicators Comments/ Progress Status Target To Date
-------- Last 3 Years ------------------- This Year -----------
Percentage of all planning applications
approved
The approval rate in quarter four was 94.9%, which brings the year end
figure to 97.6%. This continues to exceed the target figure of 95%.  The
lower figure for quarter four reflects the determination of some longer
term legacy applications where responses from applicants were not
forthcoming, resulting in refusal.
Green 95.0% 97.6% 96.9% 96.2% 97.1%
Page 5
90

Page 91

Summary - number of measures complete, green, amber and red under each Council Plan
Outcome / Theme
Council Outcome/ Theme Complete Green Amber Red Report later Total
Communities and Environment 2 5 2 0 0 9
Education and Learning 0 0 0 0 0 0
Health and Wellbeing 0 0 0 0 0 0
Children and Young People 0 0 0 0 0 0
Housing and Land 0 0 0 0 0 0
Our Economy 3 0 1 0 0 4
Delivering the plan and achieving best value 1 0 1 0 0 2
Total 6 5 4 0 0 15
Page 6
91

Page 92

IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
Communities and Environment
High-quality streets, parks and other public areas ensures South Lanarkshire is a place where people want to live, work, visit and invest
Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status
Develop new Litter
Strategy (2022-27) to
promote the new Code
of Practice on Litter and
Refuse (COPLAR), with
particular emphasis on
prevention
Develop final Litter Strategy for approval by Climate Change
and Sustainability Committee in September 2022
Litter Strategy was approved by the Climate Change and Sustainability
Committee in August 2022. A progress update will be presented to the
same Committee in September 2023.
Complete
Prepare an Open Space
Strategy in partnership
with Glasgow and Clyde
Valley Green Network
Partnership and other
council services.
Strategy will contain
standards on access to
and quality of open
spaces
Report on draft Open Space Strategy to Planning Committee
in March 2023
This has been delayed due to the associated regulations and guidance
not having been published by the Scottish Government. An audit of
open space in South Lanarkshire has been completed. The
procurement of a consultant to carry out the next stages is underway.
Amber
The council addresses climate change by reducing carbon emissions, protecting our natural environment, adapting to the impacts of climate change,
and acting sustainbly
Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status
Lead by example and
influence area-wide
climate change and
sustainability action
Finalise the new Sustainable Development and Climate
Change Strategy (2022-27) for approval alongside the new
Council Plan in June 2022
The new Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy
(2022-27) was approved at Full Council in June 2022. It was also
noted at the Climate Change and Sustainability
Committee in August 2022. Progress updates will be presented to the
Climate Change and Sustainability Committee at quarter two and
quarter four each year.
Complete
Page 7
92

Page 93

IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
Communities and Environment
The council addresses climate change by reducing carbon emissions, protecting our natural environment, adapting to the impacts of climate change,
and acting sustainbly
Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status
Implement year one of the Sustainable Development and
Climate Change Strategy (2022-27) Action Plan, and report
progress at quarter two and quarter four to Climate Change
and Sustainability Committee
The Sustainable Development and Climate Change Interim Action
Plan (2022-23) has been implemented  throughout the year. Progress
at quarter two was reported to the Climate Change and Sustainability
Committee in February 2023. The quarter four progress report will be
reported to the same Committee in September 2023.
Green
Deliver the £2m Climate
Emergency Fund by
March 2024
Report on progress and impact of the funding to date to the
Climate Change and Sustainability Committee in March 2023
A mid-term report on the progress and impact of the Climate
Emergency Fund was presented to the Climate Change and
Sustainability Committee in November 2022. Further updates will be
provided at subsequent committees.
Green
Protect, enhance and
respect South
Lanarkshire's natural
environment
Develop a new Biodiversity Implementation Plan for
(2023-27) for approval by Climate Change and Sustainability
Committee by March 2023
A new Biodiversity Officer commenced in post on 23 January 2023.
Consequently, the Biodiversity Strategy and the Biodiversity Duty
Implementation Plan preparation and committee approval will now be
delayed until March 2024.
Amber
The council supports and promotes a fairer, healthier, and more sustainable food system
Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status
Develop a sustainable
food system to
overcome social, health,
economic and
environmental issues
related to food
Implement year three of the Good Food Strategy (2020-25)
Action Plan and report progress at quarter two and quarter
four to the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee
The year three action plan for the Good Food Strategy (for 2022-2023)
was approved by the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee in
August 2022. The quarter two progress report against the action plan
was presented to the same Committee in November 2022, and the
quarter four progress report will be presented in September 2023.
Green
Page 8
93

Page 94

IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
Communities and Environment
The council supports and promotes a fairer, healthier, and more sustainable food system
Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status
Deliver the £0.3m Food
Strategy Support Fund
by March 2024
Report on progress and impact of the Food Strategy funding
to date to the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee
in March 2023
The Food Strategy Support Fund continues to be monitored, with
£0.27m committed to projects. A report on the progress and impact of
the fund will be presented at a future Committee. This will allow the
projects to be implemented and impact assessed.
Due to the popularity of the Food Strategy Grants, the full amount
(£20,000) was allocated in year one (2022-23), rather than over 2
years as originally intended.
Green
Road and transportation infrastructure supports new development, enables use of public transport and encourages active travel
Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status
Provide road and
infrastructure
improvements to
support new
developments including
those undertaken as
part of the City Deal
Develop the outline business case for the Stewartfield Way
Sustainable Transport Capacity Enhancement Project and
associated supporting technical assessments / designs by
Spring 2023
Work on the outline business case is progressing.  Additional
modelling work is being carried out at the James Hamilton loch
roundabout at the A726 / GSO roundabout.  Discussion are on going
with Transport Scotland and the retail park at Kingsgate.
Green
Page 9
94

Page 95

IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
Our Economy
Our economy is fair, inclusive, sustainable and low carbon, with thriving town and neighbourhood centres which provide a focal point for local
communities
Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status
Deliver an economic
development strategy to
capitalise on our
economic strengths,
tackle weaknesses and
create a flourishing,
green, dynamic and
equitable place for all
Consult on the draft Economic Strategy (2022-27) during
Summer 2022, and present the final Strategy for Committee
approval by October 2022
The final community consultation exercise for the development of the
strategy was completed in September 2022. Results were collated and
the final strategy was approved by the Community and Enterprise
Resources Committee in November 2022.
Complete
Undertake a rolling
programme of review of
the existing Town Centre
Strategies and Action
Plan on a 5 yearly cycle
Finalise Blantyre Town Centre Strategy and action plan
following public consultation and seek formal adoption of the
plan in October 2022
The final strategy was approved by Community and Enterprise
Resources Committee in Oct 2023.
Complete
recognising the evolving
trends in our town
centres and market
conditions
Report on the Hamilton Town Centre Strategy by December
2022, which will update on delivery of the approved action
plan and develop future actions and strategies
An updated strategy and action plan will be presented to the
Community and Enterprise Resources Committee in August 2023.
Amber
Support and nurture
growth in the Tourism
sector, taking advantage
of South Lanarkshire's
natural environment,
heritage, and culture
Launch new South Lanarkshire Tourism Strategy by October
2022, and work with partners and stakeholders to implement
the subsequent South Lanarkshire Tourism Action Plan
The Tourism Strategy was approved at Community and Enterprise
Resources Committee in December 2022.  Significant progress in
reconnecting with business network and developing collaborative
actions is underway.  Actions associated with Shared Prosperity Fund
also being progressed.
Complete
Page 10
95

Page 96

IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System                                                                                                                                                                                                  Report printed on Monday 5 June 2023
Resource Plan Scorecard actions and measures Community and Enterprise Resources - Community and Enterprise
Delivering the plan and achieving best value
The council demonstrates high standards of governance and sound financial stewardship
Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status
Modernise Governance
arrangements between
SLC & SLLC
Develop new governance arrangements for approval by the
Council in June 2022
Council and SLLC Board approval for the new governance
arrangements was completed in June 2022, with subsequent approval
also received from the Office of the Scottish Charity Regulator
(OSCR).
The official conversion of SLLC Ltd from a Trust to a SCIO was
completed on 3 April 2023.
Complete
Develop a new five-year
strategy for South
Lanarkshire Leisure and
Culture Ltd
Develop new strategy for noting by the Council in August
2022
The strategy was approved by the SLLC Board in June 2022 and
submitted to the Council. The Strategy went to the Executive
Committee in May 2023 for noting, and a SLLC Commissioning Plan
will be developed during 2023-24.
Amber
Page 11
96

Page 97

Appendix 3
CER Quarter 2 to Quarter 4 2022/2023 scrutiny of change in BRAG status  
(Excludes measures which are now complete)     
Community and Enterprise Resources   
Communities and Environment 
High-quality streets, parks and other public areas ensures South Lanarkshire is a place
where people want to live, work, visit and invest
Actions/ Measures     Qtr 2 Comments Q2 Status Qtr 4 Comments Q4 Status
Land Audit
Management
System grounds
maintenance score
LAMS measures the
quality of grounds
maintenance based on
surveys which are
completed throughout
the year. Taking the
scores to date (68, 73,
72 and 71), the current
overall score is 71. This
is slightly below target,
however, the final score
for 2022/2023 will be
reported in quarter four.
Amber The final score for LAMs
for 2022 is 72, which is
an improvement on the
previous year and meets
the set target.
Green 
All roads, footways and bridges and associated infrastructure are safe and fit for
purpose
Actions/ Measures     Qtr 2 Comments Q2 Status Qtr 4 Comments Q4 Status
Percentage of our
road network that
should be
considered for
maintenance
treatment
This figure is derived
from the Society of
Chief Officers of
Transportation in
Scotland (SCOTS)
Road Condition Index
(RCI) survey which is
undertaken each year.
The target figure of
29.7% is based on the
results for the period
2020 to 2022. The RCI
for 2021 to 2023 will be
published in January
2023 and reported in
quarter four. 
Report
Later
This figure is derived
from the Society of Chief
Officers of
Transportation in
Scotland (SCOTS) Road
Condition Index (RCI)
survey. The survey has
now been completed and
the overall RCI is 30.8%
for 2021 to 2023. This
falls short of the target of
29.7% and is a
depreciation of 1.1% in
the overall condition of
the road network.
Individual road
categories are generally
also showing a
concerning regression in
condition.
Red 
11
97

Page 98

Our Economy 
Our economy is fair, inclusive, sustainable and low carbon, with thriving town and
neighbourhood centres which provide a focal point for local communities
Actions/ Measures     Qtr 2 Comments Q2 Status Qtr 4 Comments Q4 Status
Report on the
Hamilton Town
Centre Strategy by
December 2022,
which will update on
delivery of the
approved action
plan and develop
future actions and
strategies
Work continuing on
town centre visioning
study which will feed
into the updated
Hamilton Strategy. 
Green An updated strategy and
action plan will be
presented to the
Community and
Enterprise Resources
Committee in August
2023
Amber 
(Data/Information correct as at: 5 June 2023) 
98

Page 99

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Community and Enterprise Resources Committee
Date of Meeting: 29 August 2023
Report by: Executive Director (Community and Enterprise
Resources)  
Subject: Hamilton Town Centre Masterplan 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:- 
 inform the Committee of the work being undertaken to prepare a masterplan for
Hamilton Town Centre
 inform the Committee of the status of Hamiton Town Centre Strategy and Action
Plan
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):- 
(1) that the contents of the report be noted.
[1recs]
3. Background
3.1. Like most town centres across the UK, Hamilton has seen a change in customer
behaviour over the past 20 years with resultant vacant retail space.  The continued
growth of online shopping, mobility of customers and move towards “click and
collect” has changed retailer’s requirements with less demand in business models for
town centre locations. 
3.2. Hamilton is a town centre with strong assets and a strong sense of identity.  This is
evident through the strong civic presence, business base, historical architecture, and
investment to date.  These provide the foundations for Hamilton to reassert its role
as a strong and vibrant town centre.  Recognition of the change in retail
requirements allows focus on other key aspects of the town centre including leisure
and cultural offering, services, and town centre living.  As one of Lanarkshire’s
largest towns, Hamilton is well placed to provide a variety of functions to a large
catchment area. 
3.3. Due to a number of commercial factors, such as a decline in retail provision and loss
of key town centre anchors (vacancy rates in our shopping centres sit at 27.2%
against a national average of 17.8%), the opportunity has arisen to review a number
of prominent town centre sites as a whole with the view to creating a masterplan
which will meet the needs of today and tomorrow.  The masterplan will bring
underutilised areas of the town centre back into use helping to maintain the vibrancy
and viability of Hamilton town centre.  South Lanarkshire Council, as landowner,
landlord or when carrying out our statutory functions, is a key participant in the town
centre and as such will take the lead on this project while working alongside our
partners and other key town centre stakeholders.
12
99

Page 100

4. Hamilton Town Centre Masterplan Process 
4.1. Following a procurement exercise, Enterprise and Sustainability Development has
appointed 360 Architecture to undertake a masterplanning exercise involving key
sites within the south-eastern quarter of the town centre.  The vision is for the
creation of a high quality, high-density, mixed-use development.  This is an
opportunity for innovative place-making solutions which will attract developer interest
and ensure best value for the site.  The vision and framework produced will identify
where investment will have the greatest benefit and demonstrate the ambition for the
town centre to the community and investors.  It will set the context for public and
private sector investment over the next 10+ years.  The masterplan reflects
aspirations for a resilient mixed-use economy which repositions the town centre to
meet the needs of 21st century living in a high quality and sustainable manner.  Sites
identified include:- 
 Keith Street Car Park
 Townhead Street Car Park
 Regent Shopping Centre
 New Cross Shopping Centre
 Duke Street Car Park
 the former Bairds Department Store
 Hamilton Police HQ 
The work may identify further sites which will be considered.  A plan is available in
Appendix 1. 
4.2. Key components of the masterplan exercise are as follows:- 
Analysis of Market Potential
 The sites are of a scale and within a location that will require a clear
development strategy to maximise development value and the development
legacy of the site. A sound understanding of the current market and
developer/investor interests will be critical in ensuring a mix of uses which will
deliver best value through independent market appraisal. 
Land-Use Strategy
The Council and partners are seeking to attract a mixed-use development to support
various Council strategies. The land-use strategy will explore a range of land uses
including:- 
 town centre living (residential) which will support the Council’s Strategic
Housing Investment Plan
 leisure/retail
 Public Realm/Green Network/Parking 
Demolition and Site Clearance
 A programme of demolition is likely and could take place in advance of securing
sale/disposal to facilitate investment. 
Neighbouring Uses
 The sites identified sit within Hamilton’s core town centre.  The masterplan must
be mindful of neighbour sensitivities, minimise potential conflicts and seek to
optimise the functionality of the town centre as a whole. 
100

Page 101

Sustainable Place-Making/Urban Design
 Finding the best solutions for the town centre. 
Creation of a Development Prospectus 
 A high-quality development prospectus will be produced to enable SLC and
partners to share the vision with potential partners and investors and inform
investment decisions. 
4.3. The development of the masterplan is a unique chance to deliver transformational
change to the town centre.  The plan will reduce the town centre’s reliance on retail
and instead focus on the needs and wants of the users of today and the future. 
4.4.  The masterplanning process will follow a 12-week programme. A period of
consultation and community engagement will follow to share and engage on the
vision and recommendations for the town centre. 
5. Hamilton Town Centre Strategy and Action Plan 
5.1. The Hamilton Town Centre Strategy and Action plan was approved by the
Community and Enterprise Committee in October 2018 and is due to be renewed in
2023.  Progress on the key actions of the 2018 plan are detailed in Appendix 2. 
5.2. The Strategy presents a town centre action plan which captures the priorities for
Hamilton and illustrates where resources and activities should be focused.  The
action plan will remain a live document with projects and priorities evolving over time. 
5.3. Although the Strategy includes areas not covered by the masterplan, the masterplan
is a key component with the outcomes shaping the direction of the Strategy over the
next few years.  It is deemed prudent to delay publication of the Strategy until such
time as it can be updated with key elements of the masterplan.  Hamilton Town
Centre Strategy and Action Plan and the outcomes of the masterplan will therefore
be brought back to Committee at the earliest opportunity.   
6. Next Steps and Timescale
6.1. Development of the masterplan follows a 12-week programme with completion due
early October 2023.  It is intended that the Hamilton Town Centre Strategy and
Action Plan will be updated accordingly. Both projects will be brought back to
Committee at the earliest opportunity thereafter.   
7. Employee Implications
7.1. The development and implementation of the masterplan will be taken forward by
officers within Enterprise and Sustainable Development Services. 
8. Financial Implications
8.1. Masterplan development will be funded through the Place Based Investment
Programme.  Both the masterplan and Strategy will identify a number of actions and
projects which will require funding.  Each will be considered on an individual basis
with future approvals being sought by Committee. 
9. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
9.1. Both the masterplan and Strategy have sustainability at the forefront.  Projects will
be taken forward in line with the Council’s sustainability objectives. 
10. Other Implications
10.1. The risks associated with not supporting the proposal is that Hamilton Town Centre
will not have a coordinated approach to the challenges it faces.  The Council’s
101

Page 102

reputation could also be damaged if it is not seen to actively support and encourage
innovative investment in Hamilton Town Centre.  There is the risk that the town
centre will further decline if no action is taken.  Further, as landowners of town centre
property there is a risk of decline and inactivity if no action is taken, 
11. Equality impact assessment and consultation arrangements
11.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and, therefore, no Impact
Assessment is required. 
11.2.  Consultations have been co-ordinated by Economic and Sustainable Development
Services with a range of other council services who have an ongoing role in
delivering services and initiatives in our town centres.  This consultation and
cooperation will continue throughout the duration of the initiative. 
David Booth
Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources) 
7 August 2023 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Focused on people and their needs
 We will work towards a sustainable future in sustainable places
 Good quality, suitable and sustainable places to live
 Caring, connected, sustainable communities
 People live the healthiest lives possible 
Previous References
 Hamilton Town Centre Strategy and Action Plan – Community and Enterprise
Resources Committee – 30 October 2018
 Town Centre and Place Based Investment Programme Update - Community and
Enterprise Resources Committee – 30 May 2023 
List of Background Papers
 None 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like further information, please contact: -
Victoria Eccles, Project Development Officer
Ext: 07385377225
E-mail: victoria.eccles@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
102

Page 103

103

Page 104

Appendix 2 
Hamilton Town Centre Action Plan 2018 to 2023 Outcome Summary 
The Hamilton Town Centre Action Plan 2018 to 2023 was formally adopted by the Community and
Enterprise Resource Committee in October 2018. Despite the COVID-19 pandemic, substantial
investment was generated to complete the goals of the action plan.
Progress on the plan is as follows:
Action Outcome
Consult on the delivery of the action plan SLC works directly with Hamilton Business
Improvement District, the Community
Participation team and our third sector partners
to deliver and oversee the strategy. Each of
these organisations represent the local
community and business community and give
access to a wide cross section of stakeholders.
To Townhead Street – Town Hotel and 37-41. Derelict
properties which require investment and
redevelopment.
Properties at 37-41 Townhead Street were
condemned due to structural issues and,
therefore, required demolition. Survey work also
concluded that the Town Hotel was also in such
as state of disrepair that demolition would be the
preferred option. 37-41 Townhead Street was
owned by the Council and the Town Hotel by a
private individual. The Council worked with
developers to secure the building of the Premier
Inn and Beefeater restaurant. This development
has significantly improved the look and vibrancy
of this area as well as bring visitors and business
tourism to the town centre transforming
Townhead Street. 
C  Castle Street – fitting out shop units and providing
dedicated business support to create innovative
business incubation space.
SLC’s Business Support Team has successfully
supported both retail and office-based
businesses in this area. There has been some
turnover in retail units due to the current
economic climate.     
Former Bairds Unit As a prominent town centre building SLC is fully
invested in the redevelopment of the formers
department store and have played an active role
in secure its sale to the JD Wetherspoon Group.
Development was delayed due to COVID-19 and
the Council continue to communicate with the
new owners to secure development of this site. 
1818-22 Quarry Street – regeneration of a derelict area
of land.
SLC erected temporary hoardings around this
site while discussions were held with owners.
Owners confirmed the intent to develop. This was
delayed during the pandemic. Work is now
starting on clearing the site for development and
a planning application granted for food retail
provision.
Streetscape Review Maintenance work has been carried out.
Wi-Fi SLC worked with Hamilton Business
Improvement District to secure free Wi-Fi
throughout the town centre.
104

Page 105

Campbell Street The establishment of external seating to create
an “evening economy quarter” was trialled by
Hamilton Business Improvement District with
support from SLC. Feedback was good, and the
BID are considering making this more permanent
over the summer months with support from SLC.
Gateway Site Electric car charging points have erected on this
site.
Former Salvation Army Building This building has been sold and is undergoing
development into a Harvest Church with works
expected to be complete by the end of summer
2023.
Former Vogue Building Through SLC’s Town Centre Regeneration Fund,
SLC worked with Hamilton Business
Improvement District and Clyde Valley Housing
Association to secure funding to purchase the
site. Clyde Valley housing association will now
develop the site into 18 flats while retaining the
facade.
Former Hamilton Advertiser Building Through SLC’s Town Centre Regeneration Fund,
SLC worked with Hamilton Business
Improvement District and Clyde Valley Housing
Association to purchase the site. The site has
now been developed into 18 flats. This project
helps to meet the Scottish Government’s
objectives of increasing town centre living and,
therefore, footfall in the centre.
Hamilton Towers Phase Six Development A tender exercise was carried out seeking
development proposals for this site. No suitable
proposal was submitted. Work is continuing to
secure suitable development on this site as part
of a larger masterplanning process for the town
centre as a whole.
Parking A consultation exercise was carried out resulting
in the Ringo parking system being introduced into
town centre car parks. The app allows users to
park for a period of time which can easily be
extended through the app.
Review town centre accessibility by car and public
transport
The Hamilton Active Travel Survey was carried
out in 2020. This has informed the Active Travel
Study which is in the process of being
implemented.
Signage This project has been put on hold as concurrent
projects such as the Active Travel study and
reintroduction of traffic to Quarry Street will need
to be considered within the review. 
Introduction of traffic to Quarry Street Consultation with business was carried out and a
temporary traffic regulation order was prepared
for this project with the trial reopening scheduled
for the summer of 2020. Due to the pandemic
this did not go ahead. Since 2020 more
importance has been given to the value of car
free space and more outdoor eating areas have
been established on Quarry Street. Hamilton BID
surveyed businesses on behalf of SLC.
Businesses have confirmed that they would like
the trial to go ahead. The street will now open to
vehicles on a trial basis mid-late 2023.
Public Transport Review This was considered through the Active Travel
Study.
105

Page 106

Healthy High Streets This programme is no longer in operation.
Town Centre Cleansing Alongside scheduled cleansing works, deep
cleans of the centre have been undertaken. This
has including clearing fly tipping from private
land, gum removal and removal of graffiti and
flyposting. A South Lanarkshire Litter Strategy
and action plan has now been developed that will
see concentrated action on litter prevention and
fly tipping across South Lanarkshire.
Festive Sponsorship At the request of Hamilton Business
Improvement District, the Festive Lights Switch
On Event is now organised by Hamilton BID with
sponsorship from SLC. Hamilton BID has
developed a robust sponsorship package for
events with sponsors secured for summer
events. They will continue to seek sponsorship
for Christmas events.
Shape Future Vision through Young People
Engagement
A valuable townscape exercise was carried out
with a selection of young adults prior to the
pandemic. This project will be renewed for the
2023 to 2028 strategy where input from younger
generations will be actively sought.
Hamilton Racecourse Connections with Hamilton Racecourse continue
to be built through Hamilton BID and the
Lanarkshire Tourism Strategy
University of the West of Scotland Dialogue continues with UWS to maintain
connections with the university and town centre.
Promote the town centre Actively promoting the town centre is key and
several initiatives have taken place in tandem.
These include the excellent work carried out by
Hamilton Business Improvement District to build
a strong social media following and promote
businesses and events throughout Hamilton, the
development of the insideout app which acts as a
digital noticeboard for town centre businesses,
events and community organisations and
adoption of the new Lanarkshire Tourism
Strategy which promotes town centres assets
and amenities. 
The 2018 to 2023 Action Plan has proven to be successful and has given us a strong grounding
which helped to access funding to facilitate regeneration in the town centre. 
106

Page 107

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Community and Enterprise Resources Committee
Date of Meeting: 29 August 2023
Report by: Executive Director (Community and Enterprise
Resources)  
Subject: Hagshaw Energy Cluster Development Framework 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:-
[purpose]
 inform the Committee of the work undertaken to prepare and adopt the
Development Framework for the Hagshaw Energy Cluster as Supporting Planning
Guidance
 [1purp]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that the Development Framework for the Hagshaw Energy Cluster, which will be
used as Supporting Planning Guidance, be noted.
[1recs
3. Background
3.1. In late 2019, South Lanarkshire Council (SLC) was invited by NatureScot to take part
in a pilot cross-boundary project bringing together renewable energy developers,
working cross-boundary alongside East Ayrshire Council, NatureScot and Architecture
and Design Scotland, to explore how a more strategic, joined-up approach to
renewable energy development could be taken that could achieve greater longer term
and multiple benefits. 
3.2. The project centres around Hagshaw Hill, which sits on the western edge of South
Lanarkshire, between the communities of Coalburn and Douglas in South Lanarkshire
and Muirkirk in East Ayrshire.  The area is well established as a renewable energy
location; the original Hagshaw Hill Windfarm, constructed in 1995, was Scotland’s first
commercial windfarm.  Since that time, further windfarm development has taken place
with the operational windfarm developments and those consented but not yet
implemented having a generating capacity of 584 MW, comprising approximately 190
turbines.  There is future potential for proposals for the re-powering of existing
windfarms (involving the replacement of the original turbines with new larger turbines),
possible extensions to existing developments and the co-location of other renewable
energy technologies such as hydrogen generation and solar energy which makes
Hagshaw an ideal area of focus for this work. 
3.3. In July 2021, Land Use Consultants (LUC) were commissioned by NatureScot, in
collaboration with the 2 councils and windfarm developers, to prepare a development
framework for the cluster.  The framework sets out a long-term vision for the Hagshaw
cluster as a place which ‘delivers optimised renewable energy generation and
contributes towards Scotland’s Just Transition to Net Zero, whilst delivering
13
107

Page 108

sustainable and inclusive growth for local communities.  Integrated nature-based
solutions, with enhanced connectivity supporting healthy, resilient communities and
ecosystems, in response to the challenges of climate and biodiversity emergencies’. 
The vision is underpinned by 6 interrelated themes that projects should seek to deliver
on: - 
 Realising the renewable energy opportunity
 Resilient and connected communities
 Co-ordinated enhancement of nature
 A strong identity, of heritage, people and place
 Inclusive, sustainable growth
 Outdoor recreation to support health and wellbeing 
3.4. The purpose of the Framework is twofold.  Firstly, it sets out, at a strategic level, the
opportunities for the cluster in terms of maximising renewable energy output and
provides guidance on the location and design of future renewable energy projects in
the subject area.  The surrounding landscape has undergone significant change as a
result of the opportunities created by renewable energy projects and it is important that
a shared and collaborative vision is taken to manage any future development so that
the distinctive character of the area and its communities is retained, and where
possible enhanced. 
3.5. The Framework is also an opportunity to deliver a far greater range and scale of social,
economic and environmental benefits for communities, the environment, and the local
economy in a more collaborative and co-ordinated way while minimising any negative
environmental impacts.  The approach of bringing windfarm developers together in this
way is the first time of its kind in Scotland.  It provides a vision for the future of the
area, with the flexibility to evolve in order to address future challenges and achieve net
zero carbon emissions by 2045. 
3.6. A copy of the Development Framework for the Hagshaw Energy Cluster as Supporting
Planning Guidance is contained in Appendix 1 of this report and can be viewed online
via the following link. 
4. Current position
4.1. A report on a draft Framework was presented to the Planning Committee on 11
October 2022 with the purpose of ultimately adopting the document as Supporting
Planning Guidance (SPG) The Committee agreed to approve the draft Framework
document and for a 6-week consultation process to be carried out which was
undertaken in November and December 2022.  The Planning Committee agreed that,
if following consultation, no significant changes were required to be made to the draft
document, the guidance would be adopted by the Council as SPG.  If significant
changes were required a further report would be brought to Planning Committee. 
4.2. The consultation did not raise any significant issues and the Framework has received
support across the area and the renewable energy industry.  Some minor changes
have been made to reflect representations received.  In addition, it has been updated
to reflect the new Onshore Wind Policy Statement published by the Scottish
Government in December 2022 and the adoption of National Planning Framework 4
(NPF4) in February this year.  The overall principles and vision in the draft version
remain unchanged. 
4.3. Since the report to the Planning Committee, the Council has appointed an Economic
Development Officer on a temporary contract with the specific remit for the
communities of Coalburn, Douglas, Glespin, Lesmahagow and Rigside, in the Douglas
108

Page 109

Valley, in which Hagshaw sits.  The SLC administered Douglas Valley Advisory Group
(DVAG) has been set up as a 10 member strong group, featuring representation from
all the community councils/Tenants and Residents Association plus individual
community members.  Their key aim is to provide strategic overview and direction to
new investment proposals and to advise the Council on community benefit investment. 
They are currently progressing an Outdoor Recreation and Adventure Tourism
Feasibility Study and Concept Designs for the Douglas Valley area. 
4.4. The potential value of community benefit from the Hagshaw Cluster at a generating
capacity of 584 MW is £2.9 million per annum, the Councils position is that the
Renewable Energy Fund (REF) is the preferred mechanism for distributing funds and
the DVAG as an initiative that would provide strategic direction.  Community benefits
generated by windfarms can be administered out with the Council at operators’
discretion and discussions are ongoing with operators as to future community benefit
funding structures and mechanisms. 
4.5. Enterprise and Sustainable Development remain the point of contact for the Developer
Group and Landowner Forum who meet quarterly to maintain communications and
development in relation to priorities highlighted in the Development Framework. 
5. Next Steps
5.1. As a result of the Framework being adopted as SPG, it is now a material consideration
in determining related planning applications alongside NPF4 and the adopted South
Lanarkshire Local Development Plan 2.  Opportunities to apply this approach to other
clusters of renewable energy development within South Lanarkshire will be explored. 
The Framework is designed to be in place for at least 10 years and will be reviewed
and updated as required, for example to reflect the changing baseline context, or to
respond to changing planning and/or energy policy.  To reflect the changing response
to the climate and biodiversity emergency, and the evolution of renewable energy
technologies, the implementation of the Framework will be monitored by the 2 planning
authorities and reviewed every 5 years. 
5.2. The Outdoor Recreation and Adventure Tourism Feasibility Study and Concept
Designs scope will be procured and managed through Economic Development with
community, landowner and stakeholder input.  Further priorities will be identified for
pursual with the DVAG.   
5.3. Negotiations will continue with communities and operators as to the mechanism for
administering community benefit funds for the benefit of the local area.   
6. Employee Implications
6.1. The monitoring of the document and subsequent implementation of the project will be
carried out using existing staff resources within Planning and Regulatory Services. 
7. Financial Implications
7.1. There are no financial implications as a result of this report. 
8. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications 
8.1. In accordance with the relevant legislation, a Strategic Environmental Assessment
(SEA) Screening Report for the draft Framework has been prepared and submitted to
the statutory Consultation Authorities (Historic Environment Scotland, NatureScot and
Scottish Environment Protection Agency) for their consideration.  They have confirmed
that a SEA is not required. 
109

Page 110

8.2. The Framework will enable renewable energy generation to contribute positively and
efficiently towards Scotland’s Just Transition to Net Zero, whilst delivering sustainable
and inclusive growth for local communities.  Delivery of integrated nature-based
solutions, with enhanced connectivity supporting healthy, resilient communities and
ecosystems, in response to the challenges of the climate and biodiversity emergency. 
9. Other Implications
9.1. There are no risks or other implications as a result of this report. 
10. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
10.1. This report does not introduce a new or recommend a change to existing policy,
function or strategy, therefore, no impact assessment is required. 
David Booth 
Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources) 
7 August 2023 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Focused on people and their needs
 We will work towards a sustainable future in sustainable places
 We will work to recover, progress and improve
 Caring, connected, sustainable communities 
Previous References
 Planning Committee - 11 October 2022 - South Lanarkshire Local Development Plan 2
Supporting Planning Guidance: Hagshaw Energy Cluster Development Framework 
List of Background Papers
 A Development Framework for the Hagshaw Energy Cluster Consultative Draft October
2022
 Report to Executive Committee March 2022 Community Benefit Funds New
Contributions Douglas West Windfarm 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact: -
Tony Finn, Planning and Building Standards Manager
Tony.finn@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
110

Page 111

July 2023 Renewable Energy : People  | Nature  |  Place
A Development Framework for the Hagshaw Energy Cluster
Planning for Net Zero13
111

Page 112

A Development Framework for the Hagshaw Energy Cluster
Planning for Net Zero Page 2
Project Steering Group
NatureScot
Architecture & Design Scotland
East Ayrshire Council
South Lanarkshire Council
3R Energy Solutions Ltd.
Project Team
Land Use Consultants (LUC)
BiGGAR Economics
RPS Group
Richard Carman Architectural Illustrator
STAR Development Group
Website: www.thehagshawenergycluster.co.uk
Email:  info@thehagshawenergycluster.co.uk
Twitter: @HEnergyCluster
Contents
Cover Image: The Hagshaw Energy Cluster © Richard Carman
ScottishPower Renewables
Energiekontor UK Ltd.
Octopus Renewables  
BayWa.re UK Ltd.
Ventient Energy
Executive Summary         3
What is the Project about?        4 - 5
Why a Development Framework?         6
The Current Hagshaw Energy Cluster      7
Policy Context           8 - 9
What is the Hagshaw Energy Cluster?      10 - 11
The Evolution of an Energy Landscape      12 - 13
The Vision and Key Aims         14 - 15
What are the Key Benefits?        16 - 17
Consultation and Engagement       18 - 19
Delivering the Vision - The Journey to Net Zero...    20 - 21
1. Realising the Renewable Energy Opportunity    22 - 25
2. Resilient and Connected Communities      26 - 29
3. Coordinated Enhancement of Nature       30 - 33
4. A Strong Identity, of Heritage, People and Place     34 - 37
5. Inclusive, Sustainable Growth       38 - 41
6. Outdoor Recreation to Support Health and Wellbeing    42 - 45
Future of the Hagshaw Cluster Energy Cluster     46 - 47
Technical Annex - Wind Energy of the Future      48 - 49
Glossary of Terms         50
List of Stakeholders         51
References           52 - 53
112

Page 113

Image: Looking west to the Hagshaw Hill Energy Cluster from above
Conexus West site © Airborne Lens
Page 3
Welcome to the Hagshaw Energy Cluster
Development Framework We’re delighted tobe working with thegroup to pilot a newapproach to onshorewind energy whichcan help deliver a just transition and more investment in nature.
- NatureScot
“
”
Role of the Development Framework
Potential 1GW+
of Renewable
Energy Generation
Local Prosperity
and Thriving
Communities
A Regional
Green Energy
Employment Hub
East  Ayrshire Council and South Lanarkshire Council will
use the Development Framework as a basis for working
with developers, landowners, communities and other
stakeholders to promote and adopt a coordinated approach
to future renewable energy development across the cluster.
The Development Framework will inform, shape and support
the delivery work, which represents an ambitious vision for
the future, but is not a statutory plan.
The maps presented in the Development Framework are
schematic and indicative, and are designed to illustrate the
possible location for future investment and enhancement. 
They are not detailed proposals and individual projects will
require discussion with landowners, relevant stakeholders
and all normal consents and licenses.
Landowner and community forums have been set up to
support the delivery of the vision and specific projects,
progressed via specific Action Plans being developed in
parallel to the framework.
If Scotland is to achieve Net Zero greenhouse
gas emissions by 2045, a more collaborative and
inclusive approach is needed.
The Hagshaw Energy Cluster is an established strategic location
for large scale renewable energy projects, with a committed
capacity of almost 585 MW. Future plans, policies and decisions
by local authorities should reflect the cluster’s suitability for
hosting a range of renewable energy developments which can
be delivered at pace to achieve Scotland’s Net Zero ambitions.
Coupled with advocating quality through design, the Development
Framework identifies opportunities to deliver enhancement to
both communities, and the natural and built environment, and
support a thriving and prosperous local and regional economy -
maximising benefits for people, nature and place.
The first important milestone on the journey to Net Zero will
be achieving the Scottish Government’s 75% reduction in
greenhouse gas emissions by 2030. The changes we make
during this current decade will be critical to ensuring we are on
the right path to achieving that goal.
The Development Framework has been developed together
between the local authorities, renewable energy developers
and operators, statutory agencies and communities to create a
shared vision for the cluster.
It sets out an ambitious but deliverable ten year vision for how
a more strategic and collaborative approach to renewable
energy development can help achieve Net Zero together in
a just and fair way.
113

Page 114

A Development Framework for the Hagshaw Energy Cluster
Planning for Net Zero Page 4
What is the Project about?
Working together on a Development Framework for the Hagshaw Energy Cluster
In 2020 NatureScot brought together a group of wind farm developers and operators with East Ayrshire Council and South Lanarkshire
Council to discuss how we could work together on the future of renewable energy development in the context of planning for, and
delivering Net Zero in Scotland.  Focused on the cluster of wind farms near Hagshaw Hill on the border of South Lanarkshire and
East Ayrshire, and located between the communities of Coalburn, Douglas and Muirkirk - the Hagshaw Energy Cluster was born. 
Other stakeholders were engaged in initial discussions, including the Scottish Government, Historic Environment Scotland (HES),
Scottish Environment Protection Agency (SEPA), Scottish Forestry, Forestry and Land Scotland (FLS) and the Royal Society for
the Protection of Birds (RSPB), along with a range of consultants involved in renewable energy developments within the existing
cluster, to scope out the topics where there may be opportunities to collaborate and coordinate. A project steering group was formed
and has worked together to prepare this Development Framework for the cluster.
In 2021, LUC (Land Use Consultants), working with BiGGAR Economics, RPS Group and Star Development Group, was
commissioned to develop the project and engage with landowners, communities, local businesses, and other interested parties to
shape the Development Framework. 
Although a familiar design tool for many other forms of development, this is the first time this approach has been taken in Scotland
towards shaping a more strategic approach to renewable energy development and related opportunities. It is hoped that the
Development Framework can demonstrate how a more coordinated and structured approach to planning, consenting and delivery
of renewable energy development can help deliver a Just Transition to Net Zero.
The key contributors to the development of the Framework include:
NatureScot
Architecture & Design Scotland
East Ayrshire Council
South Lanarkshire Council
3R Energy
ScottishPower Renewables
Energiekontor UK Ltd.
Octopus Renewables  
BayWa.re UK Ltd.
Ventient Energy
Image: Looking west to the Hagshaw Energy Cluster from above Conexus West site © Airborne Lens114

Page 115

Page 5
As Scotland’s design champion we believe in the power of design to improve people’s lives.
Our vision is a Scotland whose places are healthy, sustainable and thriving, and where
everyone works together to shape their future.
We are delighted to be part of the collaborative approach taken at the Hagshaw Energy
Cluster which aims to see the benefits of the Place Principle become an everyday reality in
the way Scotland’s places are created, adapted and sustained.
- Architecture & Design Scotland  
“
”
115

Page 116

A Development Framework for the Hagshaw Energy Cluster
Planning for Net Zero Page 6
The Development Framework has been adopted by both East Ayrshire Council and South Lanarkshire Council
as non-statutory planning guidance and will help shape future development within the cluster in a clear and
coordinated way. It creates an overarching design vision for the cluster and the surrounding area, and through
the key themes and objectives it seeks to deliver a wide range of potential benefits alongside existing committed
renewable energy development - as well as any future proposals which may be brought forward in the coming
years.
Alongside National Planning Framework 4 (NPF4), the Local Development Plans (LDPs) and relevant
Supplementary Guidance (SG), the Councils will refer to this non-statutory planning guidance to inform
decision making.
How will the Development Framework be used?
Planning policy advocates that design tools, such as design frameworks and development briefs, can look
to make places better and promote positive change – the same principle can be applied to this Development
Framework.
Development frameworks have been used regularly for large scale strategic development addressing a particular
land use challenge, development type or opportunity through a co-ordinated approach. Many development
frameworks can act as the precursor to more detailed masterplans, providing a spatial vision with flexibility for
detail to be brought forward through a potential masterplanning process.
Onshore wind energy is expected to continue to make a substantial contribution towards the target of Net Zero
by 2045, with current Scottish Government ambitions targeting 20 GW of installed onshore wind generation by
the interim target of 75% reduction in emissions in 2030. The Hagshaw Energy Cluster could deliver a significant
proportion of this target through the deployment of consented developments, and the future extension and
repowering of existing wind farms.
Why a Development Framework?
Monitoring and Reviewing the Framework
The Development Framework is designed to be in place for at least ten years, but will be updated as required,
to reflect the changing baseline context, respond to changes in planning policy and the evolution of renewable
energy technologies. The future governance of the framework has been agreed by East Ayrshire Council and
South Lanarkshire Council who will monitor and review the framework in line with their relevant LDP timescales.
Development Frameworks and Renewable Energy Why here?
The Hagshaw Energy Cluster is uniquely placed in central-southern Scotland, close to large conurbations,
key transport and communication routes, and areas of rich industrial, cultural and natural heritage.
Since the construction of the original Hagshaw Hill Wind Farm in 1995, wind energy in the cluster has evolved,
and the next decade will see a new generation of wind farms emerge. Whilst communities in the area have
benefitted from the presence of renewable energy developments over many years, future opportunities for
further enhancement which benefits people, place and environment will increase as committed and future
development is delivered.
116

Page 117

The Current Hagshaw Energy Cluster
Page 7
584 MW
Wind Energy Generation
Over 2,000 ha
Productive Conifer Forest
Over15,000
people living within
5km of the cluster 
Over 80 ha
Potential Industrial &
Employment Land at Conexus
<1 hour
from Glasgow &
Edinburgh by road
117

Page 118

A Development Framework for the Hagshaw Energy Cluster
Planning for Net Zero Page 8
In April 2019, the Scottish Government became the first government in the world to declare a climate emergency. In line with this declaration, the
SDGs are embedded in National Planning Framework 4 (NPF4) adopted by the Scottish Government in February 2023. NPF4 forms the long-term
plan for Scotland, setting out where development and infrastructure is needed to support sustainable and inclusive growth, whilst achieving Net Zero
by 2045. With a focus on place, NPF4 aims to deliver sustainable, liveable and productive places, linking closely to the overall vision of the framework.
An update to the Scottish Government Onshore Wind Policy Statement was also published in December 2022 and sets out a vision for achieving an
installed capacity of 20 GW of onshore wind in Scotland by 2030. The Scottish Government is also consulting on the Draft Energy Strategy and Just
Transition Plan that aims to deliver a flourishing net zero energy system that supplies affordable, resilient and clean energy to Scotland’s workers,
households, communities and businesses.
The National Performance Framework was introduced in 2007, and was last updated in 2018. It sets out a vision for the national wellbeing of
Scotland, an overall purpose and vision, and ‘National Outcomes’. The Performance Framework measures Scotland’s progress using a range of
economic, social and environmental ‘National Indicators’, and is supported by the Place Principle in ensuring a collective purpose for Scotland.
Policy Context
International Policy
National Policy
Local Policy
Policy drivers for the principles underpinning the Development Framework start at an international level, with the United Nations (UN) 17 Sustainable
Development Goals (SDGs). They recognise that ending poverty and other deprivations must go hand-in-hand with strategies that improve health
and education, reduce inequality, and spur economic growth - all while tackling the global climate and biodiversity crises. The SDGs are becoming a
pivotal part of policy making for many governments, and a more global outlook on tackling climate change was underlined at the 26th United Nations
Climate Change conference (COP26), held in Glasgow in 2021.
The extents of the Hagshaw Energy Cluster are covered by the Local Development Plan (LDP) of East Ayrshire Council and South Lanarkshire
Council. Future iterations of the Development Plans will incorporate support for the Development Framework, which will be monitored and reviewed
in line with emerging national and local policy.
The Development Framework will form non-statutory planning guidance alongside each LDP. The Development Framework does not replace or
supersede other existing adopted policy from East Ayrshire Council or South Lanarkshire Council. It complements the principles of key guidance
documents related to renewable energy in the area.
Regional Policy
Strategic Development Plan (SDP) Areas are found across several regions of Scotland and focus on the key land use and development issues
that may cross planning authority boundaries. Most of the Hagshaw Energy Cluster is located within the southern extents of the Clydeplan area. As
per the Planning (Scotland) Act 2019, the current SDP will soon expire and a new non-statutory Regional Spatial Strategy will be prepared for the
Clydeplan area as well as a separate one for Ayrshire. It is envisaged that the Hagshaw Energy Cluster, and other similar wind farm clusters, could
form a key strategic development area within Regional Spatial Strategies.
Regional Spatial Strategies will support Regional Growth Deals, and the CoRE project in Cumnock in particular, provides opportunities for linkages
with the Development Framework. Regional Land Use Partnerships are being piloted by the Scottish Government to help develop Scotland’s
approach to land use in support of our green recovery and transition to Net Zero.
East Ayrshire Council is excited to be part of this new approach to planning for renewable
energy.  We think, that by taking a cross boundary and collaborative approach, we can
achieve more.  More benefits for our communities and local economy, more habitat and
landscape enhancements, and more clean, green energy, helping to play our part in tackling
the climate emergency.
We hope to be able to approve the framework as a new piece of planning guidance that will
help guide and influence future development in the Hagshaw cluster and also demonstrate
more widely that a joined up, strategic approach to renewable energy development is the
best way forward.
- East Ayrshire Council
“
Image: Douglas West Wind Farm and the main Poniel access to the Hagshaw Hill Energy Cluster © LUC
118

Page 119

Page 9
2030 Agenda
for
Sustainable
Development
National
Performance
Framework
(NPF)
NPF4 /
OWPS
Clyde
Plan
Regional
Spatial
Strategy for
Ayrshire
Regional
Land Use
Partnerships
South Lanarkshire
LDP2 + SG
East Ayrshire  LDP /
LDP2 + SG
Hagshaw
Energy Cluster
Development
Framework
Net-Zero
Emissions
A
Wellbeing
Economy
Better,
Greener
Places
Resilient
Communities
yrshire Council is excited to be part of this new approach to planning for renewable
e think, that by taking a cross boundary and collaborative approach, we can
achieve more.  More benefits for our communities and local economy, more habitat and
landscape enhancements, and more clean, green energy, helping to play our part in tackling
e hope to be able to approve the framework as a new piece of planning guidance that will
help guide and influence future development in the Hagshaw cluster and also demonstrate
more widely that a joined up, strategic approach to renewable energy development is the
- East Ayrshire Council
”
est Wind Farm and the main Poniel access to the Hagshaw Hill Energy Cluster © LUC
250,000 ha
Scottish Government
target for peatland
restoration by 2030
18,000 ha
Scottish Government
target for new
woodland each year
by 2024-25
2045 
Scottish Government
target for Net Zero
greenhouse gas
emissions
119

Page 120

584 MWTotal Committed Wind Energy Generation
Capacity
1 GW+ Potential Renewable Energy Capacity
Potential Solar PV generation
Wind Farm Extensions and Repowering
A Development Framework for the Hagshaw Energy Cluster
Planning for Net Zero
Page 10
Potential Green Hydrogen Production
120

Page 121

Hagshaw Hill
(15.6 MW - 26 turbines at 55m)
Hagshaw Hill Extension
(26 MW - 20 turbines at 80m)
Galawhistle
(66 MW - 22 turbines at 110 - 121m)
Nutberry
(15 MW - 26 turbines at 115m)
Douglas West
(46.8 MW - 13 turbines at 149.9m)
Dalquhandy
(42 MW - 10 turbines at 149.9m)
Hagshaw Hill Repowering
(84 MW - 14 turbines at 200m)
Cumberhead
(48.3 MW - 14 turbines at 180m)
Hare Craig
(36 MW - 8 turbines at 150-230m)
Douglas West Extension
(78 MW - 13 turbines at 200m)
Cumberhead West
(126 MW - 21 turbines at 200m)
Operational
+ Under 
Construction
Wind Farms:
259.7 MW
Consented
Wind Farms:
324 MW
Page 11
What is the Hagshaw Energy Cluster?
Existing Renewable Energy Development
Onshore wind energy development within the Hagshaw Energy Cluster has grown organically since Hagshaw
Hill Wind Farm was first commissioned in 1995. There are now seven operational and under construction wind
farms within the cluster. A further four projects have consent,  including Hagshaw Hill Repowering, one of the
first wind farm repowering proposals in Scotland.
The cluster includes developments at various stages in their life cycle; from consented, under construction,
operational and soon to be repowered, making it the ideal location to pilot a new approach which could leave a
long lasting legacy. Over the coming years it is expected that renewable energy generated from onshore wind
in the cluster will reach almost 585 MW. However, over the life of the Development Framework it is envisaged
that this may increase further as existing schemes are repowered and/or extended, and other renewable
energy technologies are co-located.
Optimisation and Diversification
Beyond onshore wind energy generation, the cluster has the potential to make a greater contribution towards
Scotland’s renewable energy targets. Greater diversification of renewable energy generated within the cluster
could be achieved through the deployment of other complementary renewable and low carbon energy generation
and storage technologies, including solar photovoltaics (PV), hydropower and battery storage.
There is clear opportunity to utilise the green energy generated from wind energy development within the cluster
to power green hydrogen electrolysers, which would contribute to a resilient energy system. This emerging
green technology could help meet Scottish Government ambitions to generate 5 GW of renewable and low-
carbon green hydrogen by 2030.
HydropowerSolar PV Battery Energy Storage
Systems (BESS)
Green Hydrogen
Production Carbon CaptureCO
2
Achieving Net Zero
Scotland currently has almost 12 GW of installed renewable electricity generation, with onshore wind contributing
to almost 60% of all installed capacity. The Scottish Government has committed to decarbonising all energy
production by 2045. A large proportion of this will come from additional onshore wind development, with a
commitment for deployment of between 8 GW and 12 GW by 2030.
The extension and repowering of existing onshore wind farms will play a critical role in this substantial increase
in onshore wind energy capacity, powering our journey towards achieving Net Zero carbon emissions by 2045.
Extension, Life
Extension and
Repowering
What could the future hold for renewable energy in the cluster?
121

Page 122

A Development Framework for the Hagshaw Energy Cluster
Planning for Net Zero Page 12
The Evolution of an Energy Landscape
Coal mining in the area begins in the early 19th
century, with intensive developments starting
around 1870. An influx in worker population
leads to the formation and growth of
communities centred around workers’ housing.
Discovery of iron ore in the area leads to
construction of a number of mine workings
starting in the late 18th century.
Depletion of coal seams in the area lead to the closure of
the majority of mines nearest the cluster between 1950-
1970. In the late 1980s, open-cast mining became a feature
of the area, with restoration of a number of these mines to
areas of woodland commences in the late 20th century.
Freight railways established to transport raw
materials for heavy industry and urban centres.
Passenger rail follows, leading to further
populating of the area and enhancement of
transport corridors.
Hagshaw Hill Wind Farm constructed in
1995 as the first commercial wind farm
development in Scotland with turbines of
c.55m to blade tip height
Large-scale commerical
forestry for timber production
increases in the area in the
mid to late 20th century.
19001800
Industrial History and Heritage
The Hagshaw Energy Cluster is located within an area of Scotland with rich industrial heritage, which has
played an important role in the provision of energy and resources throughout history.
The artefacts of many of the region’s past industries now form distinctive landmarks and contribute to
the identity and character of the area. Up until the late 18th century this area of Ayrshire and Lanarkshire
was predominantly agricultural and characterised by pastoral fields associated with burghs and landed
estates, typically located within the valley floors and lower slopes of the valley sides.  
The Industrial Revolution, coupled with the discovery of a number of coal and iron seams brought about
significant change to the area. From the late 18th century onwards, a number of mine workings became
fixtures in the landscape and led to an influx of workers. The need to transport raw materials to more
industrialised and urban areas led to the building of railways in the local area. 
Changing Priorities
Most deep mines closed between 1950 and 1970 with the final mine in the local area closing in 1972,
however open cast mining has been a more recent feature of many landscapes surrounding the cluster.
In the late 20th century, changing priorities for a more sustainable future resulted in a new industry for
the region. Sites for commercial wind energy developments began to be identified, proposed and built
in upland landscapes, harnessing renewable energy from the wind and creating a new chapter for the
industrial heritage and land use of the area.
In 1995 Hagshaw Hill Wind Farm was constructed and became the first commercial wind farm in Scotland,
with 16 MW of installed capacity from 26 turbines. The wind turbines of Hagshaw Hill Wind Farm are now
25 years old, forming an established feature within the landscape, but are at the end of their operational
life. The site will be repowered with 14 turbines of 200m delivering a generating capacity of 79MW along
with 30 MW of on site energy storage.
1995
Hill and arable farming established
with extensive improvement to land,
removal of woodland and creation
of field enclosure.
Upgrading of the A74 to
create the M74 in the 1980’s,
bypassing Lesmahagow and
providing motorway connectivity
between Scotland and England.
Upgrading of high voltage
transmission network between
Scotland and England, providing
opportunities for the connection and
export of renewable energy from
southern Scotland 
Timeline
122

Page 123

Page 13
Hagshaw Hill Repowering granted consent
in February 2020 (200m to blade tip height).
Replacing the original Hagshaw Hill, the fourteen
5.6 MW turbines will deliver a fivefold increase in
the green energy generated from the site.
Further wind farm developments are
constructed within the cluster in the early
21st century, including Nutberry (115m)
and Galawhistle (110-121m), whilst
Dalquhandy, Douglas West (149.9m) and
Cumberhead (180m) Wind Farms are
currently under construction.
Scotland to reach target of
Net Zero emissions of all
greenhouse gases by 2045.
Opportunity for the cluster
to contribute over 1GW of
renewable energy generation
towards the target.
Enhancement and creation of
local active travel routes and
networks to improving physical
and mental wellbeing, and
promote healthier lifestyles.
Adoption of the Development
Framework in 2022 with a 10-
year delivery and review period,
in which updates will be made
to respond to changing baseline
context and policy
2000 2022
Evolution of Wind Turbine Technology
Since the original turbines of the Hagshaw Hill were deployed, turbine technology, planning and financial
support mechanisms for onshore wind development have evolved significantly. The cluster hosts not only
some of Scotland’s earliest wind turbines, but will soon host some of the largest, with recent consented
developments consisting of turbines between 200m and 230m to turbine blade tip height.
These advances in technology and co-located complementary technologies are delivering greater
efficiencies and reduced intermittency to the harnessing of renewable green energy, and contributing
towards rapid decarbonisation of electricity generation in Scotland.
The next decade will see the build out of the other consented wind farms in the cluster, and the potential
repowering of other existing operational wind farms. The Development Framework seeks to help influence
and maximise the renewable energy opportunity of the cluster, whilst seeking to create other opportunities
for business, industry and local employment.
2045
10 Year review
Extension, life extension and
repowering of existing wind
farms within the cluster delivering
optimised generation and greater
unity in wind farm design.
Establishment of potential
‘Renewable Energy Hub’ 
delivering employment and other
long term benefits to bring greater
prosperity to the local and regional
economy.
Construction of c.325 MW of consented
development by 2028, including Hare Craig
(230m) and Cumberhead West (200m)
consolidating the existing cluster to almost
585 MW of green energy generation.
Long-term enhancements to
nature and biodiversity, and
establishment of the cluster
as a destination for outdoor
recreation and adventure.
The landscape surrounding the cluster continues to be influenced by a number of other forces for change,
and climate change will likely influence the biggest changes yet. As Scotland continues its journey towards
Net Zero emissions, via a Just Transition to a low carbon economy, it is important that a shared vision
for the area acknowledges and manages these forces for change so that the distinctive character and
identity of the area and its communities are retained, and wherever possible enhanced.
The Development Framework creates a vision for the future of the cluster, with the flexibility to evolve in
order to address future challenges and priorities, and create a positive lasting legacy, which includes the
presence of renewable energy development in the landscape in perpetuity.
A Pilot for the Future
2030
123

Page 124

A Development Framework for the Hagshaw Energy Cluster
Planning for Net Zero
Page 14
Renewable Energy : People | Nature 
The Vision
A place-based vision for the future development of the Hagshaw Energy Cluster which delivers
optimised renewable energy generation and contributes towards Scotland’s Just T
Zero, whilst delivering sustainable and inclusive growth for local communities.
Integrated nature based solutions, with enhanced connectivity supporting healthy, resilient communities
and ecosystems, in response to the challenges of the climate and biodiversity emergency
“
124

Page 125

Page 15
The vision is underpinned by five key aims: 
1. Support the efficient delivery of the   
renewable energy potential of the   
cluster, taking account of all     
appropriate technologies and the   
optimisation, extension and   
repowering of existing wind farms
2. Maximise the social, economic and   
environment benefits of renewable   
energy development within the cluster
3. Support the Just Transition to a low   
carbon future through a place-based   
approach
4. Minimise adverse impacts of     
development on the environment and 
local communities
5. Deliver investment in nature to   
enhance climate change and     
biodiversity resilience
“
”
Key Aims    
Nature | Place
place-based vision for the future development of the Hagshaw Energy Cluster which delivers
Transition to Net
resilient communities
and ecosystems, in response to the challenges of the climate and biodiversity emergency.
”
Image: The Hagshaw Energy Cluster seen from above the Conexus West site © Airborne Lens
125

Page 126

A Development Framework for the Hagshaw Energy Cluster
Planning for Net Zero Page 16
What are the Potential Benefits? Environmental
• Space for nature and improved ecological resilience
• Support for landowners and land managers to make wildlife
improvements
• Increased climate change mitigation via carbon capture and
sequestration, on the journey to achieving Net Zero
• Improved air quality; improving human health and nature
• Reduced risk of flooding and improved water quality through
nature based solutions
• Protection and enhancement of priority habitats & species 
across moorland, wetland, woodland, and farmland
• Investment in Natural Capital, delivering wider   
complementary benefits
Development
• A clearer vision of what may represent appropriate and
acceptable development
• Increased prospect and certainty of positive planning
outcomes for stakeholders
• Increased opportunities for renewable energy generation
and provision of green energy to communities 
• Coordinated and innovative technical solutions
• Cost and time efficiencies to delivery of green energy 
developments on the route to achieving Net Zero
• Increased developer and investor confidence allowing the
ability to plan for long-term investment
The Development Framework aims to maximise the range and scale of benefits from the Hagshaw Energy
Cluster for people, nature and place, directed by local priorities and delivered through partnership working.
The potential benefits can be grouped as:
Delivery of all committed and future renewable energy proposals within the cluster in a collaborative and
coordinated way could act as the catalyst for a range of potential benefits which are transformative for local
communities, the surrounding area and the wider central and southern Scotland region.
When will the vision be delivered?
The Development Framework sets out a ten year vision for the cluster, however it is envisaged that
some elements will be realised over a longer period of time. Throughout the framework short-term, medum-
term or longer-term opportunities are identified, with delivery dependant on the progression of project
feasibility, engagement of all relevant landowners and interested stakeholders and access to capital
investment funds.
South Lanarkshire Council (SLC) appointed an Economic Development Officer for the Douglas Valley
Initiative in summer 2022 to work with local communities to deliver projects which meet the aims of the
Framework.  The officer will help them to secure funding through the Renewable Energy Fund (REF) and
other sources and provide a resource to help deliver projects.  The role is part funded by Greencoat Energy,
NatureScot and SLC.
How will projects be funded?
The Development Framework doesn’t identify specific sources of funding to support the delivery of the
vision. It is anticipated that a partnership approach will be adopted to fund and deliver projects and proposals
within the framework via the public, private and third sectors - along with the appropriate use of community
benefit funds generated via development within the cluster.
Environmental
Development
Social
Economic
126

Page 127

Page 17
Social
• Improved access to high quality open spaces
• Improved physical and mental health, and wellbeing of 
communities and visitors
• Improved social and physical connectivity between  
communities around the cluster
• Land brought into community ownership, delivering local 
benefits
• Active travel opportunities such as walking and cycling
• Improved aesthetic value and reinforced sense of place
• Increased opportunities for play, education, and interaction
with nature
Economic
• Increased investment and annual spend into the local and
regional economy from development within the cluster
• Increased and more coordinated community benefits, which
can achieve better outcomes for communities
• Creation of new skilled industries, businesses and  
sustainable jobs in the green economy
• Increased economic activity and attractiveness for inward
investment
• A local economic identity to serve the cluster and wider 
regional renewable energy development
• More productive and efficient use of land to deliver on  
strategic national targets, such as timber production
The
Benefits
127

Page 128

Over 325 individual visitors to online virtual public exhibition
Over 80% respondents supportive of a more collaborative approach
A Development Framework for the Hagshaw Energy Cluster
Planning for Net Zero Page 18
Consultation and Engagement
Online Exhibition & Survey
The initial public consultation and participation phase
of the project ran for six weeks between October and
December 2021. A virtual public exhibition room and
online questionnaire formed the core aspect of the
consultation process, hosting information about the
project and the vision for the cluster.
Active participation of communities and interested
parties was encouraged, providing an opportunity
to shape the framework and reflect the ideas and
aspirations of all.
An online questionnaire was hosted on the project
webpage to obtain comments and feedback on the
concept, vision and key aims and objectives of the
Development Framework.
Consultants Appointed
June 2021
Spring2020 Spring2021 Summer2021
Consultation & Participation
Phase
October - December 2021
Stakeholder Project
Briefing August 2021
Project Steering Group
Established March 2021
Working Group Meetings
January 2020 - March 2021
Autumn2021Winter2020
Established the Development
Framework Concept and Approach
March 2021
128

Page 129

Page 19
Appointment of Economic
Development Officer to develop and
deliver Action Plan Summer 2022
Inclusivity and transparency were key in developing the framework, involving a wide range of interested
parties and stakeholders with a direct connection to land within the cluster, and ensuring communities
who may have an interest in the project area were given the opportunity to contribute ideas or concerns,
and act as a sounding board for what is proposed.
Follow up consultation with specific landowners, community groups and Community Councils was
undertaken in early 2022.
Meetings were held with Coalburn Regeneration Group, and Muirkirk, Douglas and Lesmahagow
Community Councils to understand the key priority issues for communities located close to the cluster,
and explore how the framework could assist in addressing challenges and delivering opportunities. The
Development Framework intends to assist in delivering these objectives, many of which are identified in
local Community Action Plans developed by several communities which neighbour the cluster.
A Landowner Forum and Community Forum (Douglas Valley Advisory Group (DVAG)) have been set
up to support the delivery of the vision and opportunities outlined within the Development Framework.
Accompanying Action Plans are being developed, coordinated by the appointed Douglas Valley Initiative
Economic Development Officer.
Formal Consultation
An interactive virtual public exhibition was hosted online at: www.thehagshawenergycluster.co.uk © LUC
Adoption of the
Development Framework
with a 10-year delivery period
Summer2022
Final draft Development Framework
for formal consultation
Spring2022
Focused Engagement with Key
Stakeholders and Community Groups
January - February 2021
Winter2021 A 10-year Vision to 2033
Review & Refresh of Framework
10 years after adoption
of framework
129

Page 130

We hope the Development Framework will help support the efficient delivery of renewable energy projects whilst optimising environmental, economic and social benefits to local communities and stakeholders. Tackling climate change will require us all to come together, and the Development Framework is a great example of this joined-up approach.
- The Hagshaw Energy Cluster Renewable Energy Developers & Operators
“
”
A Development Framework for the Hagshaw Energy Cluster
Planning for Net Zero
Page 20
South Lanarkshire Council is looking forward to working collaboratively to
establish a long term development framework for the Hagshaw cluster to continue
to support large scale renewable energy projects.
This new approach of delivering planning guidance involves engagement with a
wide range of stakeholders including communities and local developers which will
set a national benchmark for collaborative planning for renewable energy in the
future and help achieve the Scottish Government’s Net Zero ambitions
- South Lanarkshire Council
“
”
130

Page 131

Page 21
The Development Framework will be delivered via six interrelated themes:
1. Realising the Renewable Energy Opportunity
2. Resilient and Connected Communities
3. Coordinated Enhancement of Nature
4. A Strong Identity, of Heritage, People and Place
5. Inclusive, Sustainable Growth
6. Outdoor Recreation to Support Health and     
Wellbeing
Delivering the Vision - The Journey
to Net Zero...
Key objectives define what each delivery theme of the Development Framework
is seeking to achieve.
Key Objectives
Where relevant a series of metrics have been identified for each delivery theme,
identifying how success will be measured in meeting the key objectives.
What does success look like?
Image: Douglas West Wind Farm site from the Douglas Valley/A70 east of Douglas © LUC
131

Page 132

Maximising green energy generation, whilst minimising impacts
A Development Framework for the Hagshaw Energy Cluster
Planning for Net Zero Page 22
Key Opportunities
1. Realising the Renewable Energy Opportunity
With almost 585 MW of committed onshore wind capacity now operational, under construction or consented, the
Hagshaw Energy Cluster will provide a substantial contribution to Scotland’s Net Zero Ambitions. However, this
may represent only a proportion of the real opportunity of the cluster.
Through a more coordinated approach to the design and implementation of extensions and repowering, coupled
with the collocation of other complementary renewable energy technologies, this ‘Regional Renewable Energy Hub’
could utilise existing infrastructure to make a strategic contribution to national energy targets.
The repowering and extension of existing wind farm schemes to achieve Net Zero presents new challenges and
opportunities. Optimisation of existing strategic clusters such as this, using the latest wind turbine technology
and other renewable energy technologies could make a significant contribution, whilst continuing to minimise and
mitigate adverse impacts on people, communities and the environment where possible.
Development of coordinated solutions to
cluster wide technical challenges such
as radar and aviation lighting, which
minimise infrastructure costs and minimise
impacts on operation, communities and the
environment.
Coordinated construction and operation
access strategy for development within
the cluster. Collaboration between
renewable developers, operators and other
businesses to reduce infrastructure costs,
minimise disturbance to nature and reduce
disturbance to communities from abnormal
load and heavy goods vehicles.
Develop co-location of other renewable
energy generation and storage
technologies - including, but not limited
to solar PV generation, battery storage
systems and green hydrogen production,
on appropriate sites across the cluster, and
close to existing grid infrastructure.
Development of long-term design
principles for future wind farm
development within the cluster, with
clear design objectives, to deliver
optimised wind energy generation
whilst avoiding unacceptable effects on
the environment and communities.
(see Technical Annex).
Technical
Collaboration
Coordinated
Access Strategy
New Green Energy
Sources & Storage
Cluster Wide
Design Principles
Explore the development of a Community
Renewable Energy Scheme with local
electricity charging regime for communities,
building on the work of Community
Councils. Distribution of green energy via a
local grid network generated from multiple
renewables technologies across the cluster.
A Local Green
Energy Network
Integration of other renewable energy technologies alongside wind energy development to maximise renewable
energy generation and efficiency © Richard Carman
First Generation
Hagshaw Hill
(55m turbines)
Extensions
Hagshaw Hill Extension
(80m)
Current Generation
Galawhistle, Nutberry,
Douglas West etc.
(115m > 150m)
Next Generation
Hagsahw Hill Repowering
Cumberhead West &
Harecraig etc.
(200m > 230m)
The Future 
(>230m)
?
132

Page 133

a.)  Optimise wind energy in cluster,   
through extension and repowering,   
and use of the most effective and   
efficient modern technology.
b.)  Avoid and mitigate unacceptable effects 
on the environment and surrounding 
communities through a strategic and 
coordinated approach to design.
c.)  Promote opportunities for co-location 
of other renewable energy   
technologies such as hydro, solar PV, 
energy storage and green   
hydrogen production.
d.)  Encourage developers and   
operators, to work together to   
identify innovative solutions to   
technical challenges, for example,   
grid, noise, aviation radar and lighting, 
abnormal load/construction access.
e.)  Promote opportunities for shared   
community ownership/location of   
renewable energy generation assets, 
and provision of green energy to   
communities via local green energy 
networks.
f.)  Encourage a strategic approach to   
the planning and delivery of increased 
grid transmission network capacity.
Key Objectives
Page 23
The creation of a regional Renewable
Energy Hub which supports the
construction, servicing, maintenance,
and eventual decommissioning (including
recycling) and repowering of wind farms
within the cluster and the wider region, and
complements the development of Scotwind
offshore wind energy hubs elsewhere.
Regional Renewable
Energy Hub
Future proofing the transmission and
distribution networks to support extension
and repowering of wind farms, and
diversified renewable energy generation
from the cluster, to provide greater
certainty to developers, grid operators, and
neighbouring communities.
A Future
Network Plan
Co-location of solar PV (similar to the above) and energy storage
technologies on appropriate sites across the cluster © LUC
Repowering with larger turbines may increase potential for long-term
coexistence of productive timber forest beneath turbines © Airborne Lens
Collaboration between developers to share access routes for abnormal
loads and coordinate construction activities © Airborne Lens
Work with ScottishPower Energy Networks to design an efficient grid
network which is fit for the future © LUC
133

Page 134

Maximising green energy generation, whilst minimising impacts
A Development Framework for the Hagshaw Energy Cluster
Planning for Net Zero Page 24
1. Realising the Renewable Energy Opportunity
What does success look like?
Community ownership of existing or
additional renewable energy assets within
the cluster, generating green energy which
is distributed and used locally, via a green
grid network.
Established regional flagship ‘Renewable
Energy Hub’ driving efficiencies and
innovation within the onshore wind sector,
and providing sustainable jobs suppporting
construction and maintenance of renewable
generation within the cluster and beyond. 
A more cohesive and consistent image of
wind energy development within the cluster
for surrounding communities and visitors to
the area, as committed development is built
out and future extensions and repowering
consolidate development in the cluster.
An increase in renewable energy generated
from the cluster, from a range of different
renewable energy technologies.
Greater efficiency and reduced
intermittency of renewable energy
generated from a mix of innovative
renewable technologies.
A streamlined and efficient planning
process, with more predictable
outcomes to determination for
renewable energy proposals and their
associated grid transmission and
distribution connections, which align
with the coordinated vision for the
cluster.
Local Communities
Invested in Energy
Hagshaw Renewable
Energy Hub
Cohesive Wind
Farm Design
Optimised
Renewable Energy
More Predictable
Determinations
Opportunities for promotion and educational interpretation of green energy technologies to
communities and visitors © Richard Carman
Designing Wind Energy of the Future
In order to achieve the optimum generation from wind energy and realise the renewable energy opportunity of the cluster, a
more coordinated approach is needed. Through the collaboration of developers, landowners, communities, local authorities
and statutory agencies, agreed principles for the future development and design of wind farms within the cluster could be
achieved.
The cluster hosts some of the oldest commercial wind turbines in the country in the turbines of Hagshaw Hill Wind Farm at
55m to blade tip height, whilst the consented turbines of Hare Craig Wind Farm at 230m to blade tip height will be some of
the largest turbines in Scotland once constructed.
The juxtaposition between small and large turbines will be unavoidable as modern consented developments are built out
alongside existing wind turbines within the cluster. Through the potential extension and future repowering of the older wind
farms within the cluster, utilising the very latest and future turbine technology, opportunities exist to rationalise the overall
composition of turbines and deliver greater cohesion and consistency in design.
Key Design Principles
Initial outline key design principles have been devised to provide a guide to help shape future wind energy development with-
in the cluster. Further detail is presented in Technical Annex - Wind Energy of the Future.
134

Page 135

Page 25135

Page 136

Enhancing and creating sustainable communities for the future
A Development Framework for the Hagshaw Energy Cluster
Planning for Net Zero Page 26
2. Resilient & Connected Communities
Supporting thriving, resilient, and diverse communities, which are inclusive, empowered, and safe places
for people is central to delivering Scotland’s National Outcomes. Taking a place-based approach which puts
communities at the centre of decision making allows them to create and shape their own future, and NPF4
is expected to focus on ‘A Plan for Resilient Communities’ as one of its four key outcomes.
Resilience to climate change will be tested across many aspects of our lives in the coming years. The
places in which we live, work and play, need to be adaptable and multifunctional, and be managed in a
sustainable way which considers both current and future generations.
As advocated by Architecture and Design Scotland (AD&S), the Development Framework promotes a
whole place approach to the challenge of planning for Net Zero, and supports a Just Transition to a low-
carbon future in response to a changing climate. Informed by the Place Principle and the 8 Principles
of Carbon Conscious Places, a coordinated vision for investment across the cluster can deliver greater
resilience to local communities and deliver many of the objectives of existing Community Action Plans.
A focus on Community Wealth Building (CWB) could also deliver more and better jobs, community-owned
assets and shorter supply chains creating greater resilience and supporting Net Zero ambitions.
The cluster offers extensive opportunities for safe active travel links to be enhanced, extended and created,
linking local communities with access to goods and services – in line with the Scottish Government vision
for 20-minute neighbourhoods. Opportunities to create and strengthen cross boundary links between
communities in East Ayrshire and South Lanarkshire have been identified - linking Muirkirk and Glenbuck,
with Glespin and Douglas via feasible off-road walking and cycling links.
Key Opportunities
Collaborate with communities to coordinate
the development and delivery of Local
Place Plans. Informed by Community Action
Plans developed by organisations working
with several communities around the
cluster, these will identify shared benefits
from development within the cluster.
Explore opportunities for improved public
and shared transport links between
communities around the cluster and
the wider region across local authority
boundaries, providing easier access to
public services and amenities (e.g. green
energy fuelled public transport and car
share initiatives).
Involve communities in the planning and
design of enhancements to existing public
realm, townscapes and greenspaces.
Focused on the creation of new, public
spaces in key settlements around the
cluster - with a focus on revitalising
communities.
Promote and support shared local
services and a circular system approach
to community projects. Adoption of a
local coordinated approach to energy
and heat (e.g. Local Heat and Energy
Efficiency Strategies (LHEES)), water, food
production, greenspace, habitat, transport,
waste, travel and housing, to support the
transition to low carbon living.
Improving connectivity between the
communities across local authority
boundaries which surround the cluster
– supporting the concept of ‘small
distance places’ (e.g. the 20 minute
place concept) accessible via new or
enhanced active travel walking and
cycling links.
Local
Place Plans
Community
Transport Initiatives
Community
Placemaking
Low Carbon
Living Initiatives
Connected
Communities
Improved connectivity between communities, through the enhancement of existing and creation of new active travel and
public transport links © Richard Carman
136

Page 137

Key Objectives
Page 27
Improved connectivity between communities, through the enhancement of existing and creation of
new active travel and public transport links © Richard Carman
a.) Developments should help   
to create ‘small distance places’   
– providing the infrastructure,   
links and assets that people need   
close to where they live.
b.) Promote opportunities for active   
travel, play, education and   
interaction with nature, such as   
community growing.
c.)  Improve social cohesion     
through delivery of opportunities   
for greater social interaction   
and collaboration amongst   
communities around the     
cluster.
d.) Promote the sharing of assets   
and services to enable lower   
carbon living and connect   
people to their neighbourhoods.
e.) Promote multifunctional land use,   
with an emphasis on community,   
local and regional scale benefits,   
and function.
Identification of appropriate sites for
specific development opportunities on land
around the cluster, and which is resilient
to the challenges of a changing climate
(e.g. avoidance of areas at risk of future
flooding).
Spatial Planning for
Future Resilience
Support the development of local
Community Right to Buy proposals to bring
parcels of land around the cluster into
community ownership and management,
for delivery of community focused land use
initiatives (e.g. energy, recreation, nature
and biodiversity and community growing
etc).
Community
Land Ownership
Creating opportunities for recreation and interpretation, with an
ethos of access for all abilities, whilst engaging people in nature,
biodiversity and the threat of climate change © NatureScot
Promoting sustainable and reliable methods of public
and private transport to connect rural and semi-rural local
communities with the wider region, in line with the draft Regional
Transport Strategy for the west of Scotland. © Jaggery (cc-by-sa/2.0)
137

Page 138

Enhancing and creating sustainable communities for the future
Page 28
A Development Framework for the Hagshaw Energy Cluster
Planning for Net Zero
2. Resilient & Connected Communities
What does success look like?
Communities which have embraced
and delivered on the journey towards
low carbon living and the path to Net
Zero. Reduced energy consumption,
shared and better re-use of materials and
resources, energy efficiencies and climate
consciousness - inspired by the Local Heat
and Energy Efficiency Strategy (LHEES)
Programme piloted elsewhere in Scotland.
Land brought into community ownership
is delivering environmental, social and/
or economic benefits for communities,
including greater resilience to the
challenges posed by a changing climate.
An improved sense of identity and pride
in local communities and their public and
shared urban and green spaces.
Provision of local services shared amongst
communities which surround the cluster in
line with the Scottish Government vision for
‘20-minute neighbourhoods’.
Greater social and physical connectivity
between communities around the
cluster, including those located across
the boundary between East Ayrshire
and South Lanarkshire
Zero Carbon
Communities
Land that
Works for All
Increased Pride
in Local Place
20 Minute
Neighbourhoods
Enhanced
Connectivity
Key community links
Through consultation with communities and other stakeholders a number of key community links have been identified:
• Muirkirk and Glenbuck, to Glespin and Douglas via the River Ayr Way - a local link providing connectivity
between the isolated conservation village of Glenbuck with neighbouring communities in East Ayrshire and South
Lanarkshire
• Coalburn to Lesmahagow - alternative pedestrian and cyclist link taking people off busy back roads to enable safe
travel between nearby communities.
• Douglas to Coalburn - enhancement of exising Core Paths and cycle paths to provide important links between
shared essential local services of neighbouring communities.
• Muirkirk to Coalburn railway line link - the former Caledonian Railway line reimagined as an off-road link which
passes through the cluster, with opportunities for interpretation of heritage and nature along the way.
• Douglas to Happendon and the National Cycle Network (NCN) Route 74 - a ready developed solution to a
long-term opportunity, providing a safe link to the settlement of Douglas via an off-road route from the NCN near
Happendon.
• Regional strategic link between the River Ayr Way and Clyde Walkway - linking two of Scotland’s Great Trails,
via some of the above links opening up regional opportunities to some of Scotland’s extensive long distance routes.
Utilising and enhancing existing and historic infrastructure to create safe and accessible links between
communities, helping people connect and feel connected with their neighbours © Richard Carman
138

Page 139

Page 29139

Page 140

Making space for nature, delivering increased resilience
A Development Framework for the Hagshaw Energy Cluster
Planning for Net Zero Page 30
3. Coordinated Enhancement of Nature
Potential impacts on wildlife and natural heritage from wind farms in the cluster have been considered through the planning process.
Developers and operators carry out species and habitat surveys to inform Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of proposals, and
monitor birds, habitats, and other species during the construction and operation of developments. In many cases, developers and operators
have also put in place Habitat Management Plans (HMPs) to avoid or reduce impacts, whilst restoring and enhancing habitats.
Working together, the cluster offers opportunities to deliver landscape-scale restoration, enhancement and creation of wildlife habitats and
help connect these to other important areas for nature in the surrounding area, in line with the principles of the Glasgow and Clyde Valley
(GCV) Green Network Partnership Blueprint for Strategic Habitat Networks - facilitating the movement of wildlife through the landscape.
In particular, as the local impacts of climate change become more evident, the value of peatland habitats as a carbon store is now fully
recognised and improving their condition to increase carbon capture, expand wildlife habitats and deliver Biodiversity Net Gain (BNG) is a
key priority. Opportunities exist within and around the cluster, including within the Muirkirk and North Lowther Uplands Special Protection
Area (SPA), to influence land management decisions and deliver large scale peatland restoration, which as well as helping mitigate climate
change, offer the potential to improve habitat for important birds such as black grouse, whils development proposals which may adversely
affect designated sites would still require a project-specific Habitats Regulations Appraisal (HRA) to be undertaken at the application stage.
Taking a co-ordinated approach to forest management as areas of plantation are felled and replanted also offers opportunities to improve
the design of woodlands, leaving more space for wildlife, increasing the extent of native woodland, and expanding forest corridors. This
could include opportunities to support and complement the objectives of the Clyde Climate Forest Initiative and those of neighbouring
landowners, such as Forestry Land Scotland (FLS). The introduction of larger modern turbines may allow for alternative approaches to
management of productive forestry - such as key hole felling with long-term cycles of felling and restocking beneath operational turbines.
Through investment in the enhancement of existing habitats and ecosystems, we believe these natural capital assets can provide social,
environmental and economic benefits, and contribute to the wellbeing of those who live and work in neighbouring communities.
Key Opportunities
Working in tandem with local groups such
as the South Strathclyde Raptor Study
Group and the East Ayrshire Coalfield
Environment Initiative, promote the
collection of wildlife information, supporting
education, training and development of
wildlife monitoring skills.
Improve access and interpretation in areas
of existing and enhanced greenspace,
to make it easier for people to view and
learn about wildlife, as part of promoting
recreation and tourism, whilst ensuring
wildlife is also protected from disturbance.
The preparation of a collaborative habitat
management plan between landowners
and managers to guide the coordinated
management of land use across the cluster.
Balancing existing and future land uses,
including woodland and forestry expansion,
habitat enhancement and peatland
restoration, agriculture, and access.
Develop conservation plans for black
grouse and other moorland birds, including
curlew, golden plover, and hen harrier,
working with landowners and managers,
to protect existing key areas for these
species and identify other suitable areas for
appropriate conservation management.
Develop a peatland restoration strategy
for land within the cluster to maximise
peatland habitat restoration and carbon
capture opportunities, combining
existing survey information on peatland
extent, depth, and condition, with
coordinated additional surveys.
A Local Nature
Knowledge Network
Improved
Access to Nature
Coordinated Habitat
Management Plan
Priority Species
Conservation Plans
Peatland
Restoration
Creation, enhancement and restoration of habitats to support key priority species in the
cluster and promote connectivity with other similar habitats © Richard Carman
140

Page 141

Key Objectives
Page 31
a.) Protect the integrity of internationally 
and nationally designated areas,   
and important habitats and species 
during development of renewable   
energy and other projects in the   
cluster.
b.) Promote a landscape scale   
approach to the enhancement   
and restoration of habitats across   
the cluster.
c.)  Support improved and     
coordinated management of   
habitats so important habitats   
and species benefit.
d.) Promote new revenue streams   
for land managers from wildlife   
conservation, peatland     
restoration and native woodland   
expansion.
e.) Support a coordinated approach   
to enhancing ecosystem services,   
including addressing flood risk and   
improving water quality.
Creation of an agri-environment network
amongst landowners, managers, farmers,
and foresters to highlight opportunities
for funding habitat restoration and
enhancement works to maximise
agriculture, forestry, biodiversity and climate
change benefits from land across the
cluster.
Agri-Environment
Network
Develop opportunities for educational visits
and study programmes by children and
young adults from educational settings in
communities around the cluster and the
wider region (e.g. schools and colleges),
as well as adults via nature focused
organisations and renewable energy
developers and operators.
Nature
Education
Development of a centralised and
coordinated depository for habitat, peat
and protected species EIA survey and
monitoring data. Being developed by
RPS, it will be accessible to developers,
operators, statutory agencies and local
authorities to support the efficient future
delivery of renewable energy development
within the cluster
Shared Survey &
Monitoring Data Bank
PHOTO
PHOTO
Habitat enhancement to benefit key priority species, such as Hen Harrier
within the Muirkirk and North Lowther Uplands SPA © NatureScot
Opportunities for peatland restoration, locking up carbon and contributing
towards Net Zero © NatureScot
A collaborative approach to surveys and monitoring, bringing cost and
programme efficiencies, and availability of shared data © LUC
Black Grouse habitat enhancement is a key focus across the cluster. By
working together we can deliver a more coordinated response © NatureScot
PHOTO
141

Page 142

Page 32
A Development Framework for the Hagshaw Energy Cluster
Planning for Net Zero
3. Coordinated Enhancement of Nature
What does success look like?
Habitat Management Plans will have
contributed to the delivery of the peatland
restoration strategy and land management
plan, and populations of golden plover,
curlew, black grouse, hen harrier and
other wading birds will have stabilised and
showed signs of sustained recovery.
An increased number of local people will be
involved in wildlife monitoring and survey,
collecting information that can help guide
habitat management, restoration and be
used to help avoid disturbance to wildlife.
A coordinated habitat management plan will
be in place for the cluster, supporting the
management and expansion of sensitively
designed productive conifer plantation, and
native mixed woodland, building habitat
corridors, enhancing the landscape, and
contributing to increased carbon capture/
sequestration.
Wildlife surveys needed for planning
applications in the cluster will be more
focused and coordinated through access to
a shared databank of existing records, and
the need for post-construction species and
habitat monitoring, focused on the priority
species list above.
Information will be available on the
extent and condition of all important
peatland areas in the cluster and
will have been used by local land
managers and local contractors to
deliver peatland restoration.
Habitat Management
& Enhancement
Engagement
in Nature
Coordinated
Land Management
Shared
Survey Efforts
Restored
Peatland Habitats
Opportunities for peatland restoration and the delivery of other nature based
solutions in response to the challenges of a changing climate and the biodiversity
crisis © Richard Carman
Promotion and support for agri-environment schemes and exploration of new
models such as agro-forestry to diversify income streams and maximise carbon
benefits © Richard Carman
Cluster Wide Habitat Management Plan
The sharing of existing habitat management and monitoring data
between developers and operators, landowners and land managers,
agencies and other stakeholders, will inform the development of a
Cluster Wide Habitat Management Plan.
The schematic plan opposite identifies the broad areas of
opportunity for the restoration and enhancement of peatland, and
the enhancement and creation of habitats for key priority species
found across the cluster. This has been devised using existing survey
information and data, and will be supplemented by future survey and
monitoring work with more detail to be developed in the Action Plans.
Through a more coordinated and focused approach the cluster could
offer extensive opportunities for enhanced ecosystem services e.g.
climate change and flood mitigation, and benefit the following key
priority species:
Making space for nature, delivering increased resilience
• Black Grouse
• Hen Harrier
• Merlin
• Peregrine
• Short-eared Owl
• Golden Plover
• Curlew
142

Page 143

Page 33143

Page 144

Respect and interpret the natural and cultural heritage of the area
A Development Framework for the Hagshaw Energy Cluster
Planning for Net Zero Page 34
4. A Strong Identity of Heritage, People and Place
The cluster and the surrounding communities of East Ayrshire and South Lanarkshire are rich in their cultural
and industrial heritage. The development of many of these communities was shaped by their support for
the coal mining and associated industries, and they were once bustling industrial hubs supplying coal to
Scotland’s industrial heartlands and the ship building industry on the Clyde.
Communities are rightly proud of the history which has shaped their identity and preserving some of the
remaining physical and cultural elements of this will be important as communities transition towards a low
carbon future. The natural heritage of the area has also shaped its strong identity, from the rolling hills of
open moorland and coniferous woodland to the river valleys of the River Ayr and Douglas Water, there is a
rich and diverse history of land use across the area which continues to evolve.
A lack of employment options post-closure of traditional industries has adversely affected coalfield
communities for many years, and has often seen economic, educational and health challenges intensify in
some areas. Opportunities exist to enhance awareness and pride in communities around the positive role
renewable energy plays within the surrounding communities, and the contribution made locally towards
achieving Net Zero.
The economic benefits arising from renewable energy development within the cluster could make substantial
improvements to the lives and opportunities of people in local communities. Ensuring that these benefits
are delivered fairly and inclusively, whilst respecting the existing cultural heritage and historical identity of
communities is a significant challenge, but one which the Development Framework will seek to achieve
through collaboration and the involvement of all relevant communities.
Key Opportunities
Enhancement of the distinctive local
landscape character of the area, including
the key characteristics of unique natural
and man-made local landscapes and
features, including renewable energy as an
established feature within the landscape,
and the qualities of the Douglas Valley
Special Landscape Area (SLA).
Identify opportunities to address the
legacy issues of open cast coal mining
in a positive way, such as restoration of
former open cast coal mining sites to create
new greenspaces and points of interest to
attract visitors and deliver environmental,
social and/or economic benefits for local
communities.
Enhancement of the current condition and
understanding of historic conservation
areas within settlements and communities
surrounding the cluster, and involve
communities in the sympathetic
planning and design of public realm and
greenspaces within these areas.
Restoration and enhancement of
industrial heritage assets within and
surrounding the cluster, with potential
heritage trails linking key cultural and
historic assets which have influenced
the existing distinctive identity of the
area.
Enhancing Local
Landscape Character
Reinvented
Mineral Workings
Enhancing
Conservation Areas
Industrial
Heritage Trails
Enhancement of existing and creation of new public spaces within settlements around the cluster, which respect the historic
character and sense of place © Richard Carman
Glenbuck Viaduct, the remnants of a long lost village representing the
strong socialist heritage of the area © Richard Webb (cc-by-sa/2.0)
144

Page 145

Page 35
a.) Improve aesthetic value and   
reinforce the existing sense of   
place of the area.
b.) Respect and interpret local and   
regional heritage and history of   
area and its communities.
c.)  Enhance awareness and   
connectivity of cultural assets   
in the area, and their relationship   
to assets beyond the     
cluster.
d.) Instil a sense of pride in place   
for communities and visitors   
alike, offering a unique and   
identifiable local and regional   
destination.
e.) Ensure place quality and the low   
carbon agenda is prioritised in all   
decisions and investments.
f.)  Interested parties, developers   
and operators, and communities   
to work together through a   
place-based approach to develop   
opportunities.
Key Objectives
Opportunities to reflect on and celebrate the past landuse, industry and employment of coal mining which has shaped the communities and
landscape around the cluster, such as the including the Spireslack geological features - a Scottish Carboniferous Research Park © Richard Carman
iaduct, the remnants of a long lost village representing the
ebb (cc-by-sa/2.0)
The unique exposed geology and scarred landscape of the former
Scottish Coal site at Spireslack. Glenbuck.© Alan Pitkethley (cc-by-sa/2.0)
The remains of Douglas Castle originating from the 13th century, is a site
with a rich history and vantage over the cluster © Billy McCrorie (cc-by-sa/2.0)
145

Page 146

Respect and interpret the natural and cultural heritage of the area
Page 36
A Development Framework for the Hagshaw Energy Cluster
Planning for Net Zero
4. A Strong Identity of Heritage, People and Place
What does success look like?
Improved high quality public realm and
open spaces within local communities,
and repurposing of locally distinguishable
buildings, creating healthy, happy places to
invest, live, work and play within.
Restoration of former open cast coal mining
sites with inclusion of historic interpretation,
whilst delivering environmental, social and
economic benefits for communities.
Reflection and interpretation of local
heritage and history in the planning and
design of new development and green
infrastructure within the cluster.
An enhanced understanding and knowledge
of what has shaped the distinctive identity
of the area and its communities through
locally and regionally promoted heritage
interpretation. (e.g. potential heritage trails).
Greater involvement of communities in
the planning and design of their local
‘place’, including public realm and
green spaces within key settlements.
Strengthening of distinctive local
landscape character.
Sympathetic
Urban Enhancement
Evolution of
Mining Heritage
Maintained
Local Heritage
Enhanced
Interpretation
Local Place
Identity
Maintaining the integrity and character of the Douglas Valley Special Landscape Area (SLA) has been a key priority for the development of wind farms within the cluster.
Opportunities to enhance and enrich the cultural and industrial heritage of the area will be explored as the area transitions to renewables, and land use evolves © Richard Carman
146

Page 147

Page 37147

Page 148

Promoting and supporting a local economy which delivers locally
A Development Framework for the Hagshaw Energy Cluster
Planning for Net Zero Page 38
Key Opportunities
The Hagshaw Energy Cluster has contributed to the local and regional economy for many
years, however, it has the potential to deliver far more opportunities and benefits to the local
communities of both East Ayrshire and South Lanarkshire.
The local area is in need of an economic boost, with relatively high deprivation, particularly
in employment and income, and has an older ageing population suggesting a lack of
opportunities for young people. As Scotland transitions towards a Net Zero economy, the
impacts, and benefits of doing so must be fair – a Just Transition. By promoting a more
strategic approach to development, with greater certainty and efficiency of investment, the
local area could benefit from much needed and more sustainable employment opportunities.
Future committed and proposed wind energy development within the cluster alone is
predicted to result in capital investment of approximately £525 million, with an operational
spend of approximately £18 million annually. A greater share of this investment could flow
directly into the local economy and wider region through a more coordinated approach.
Key sectors and employment areas in the local area include:
• Construction (17% of employment)
• Accommodation and food services (10%)
• Transportation and storage (8%)
• Professional, scientific and technical activities (5%)
5. Inclusive, Sustainable Growth
Creation of a recreation and tourism
strategy for the cluster to identify
opportunities for outdoor recreation, and
visitor and tourism attractions focused on
education and learning about renewable
energy and nature.
The creation of a regional ‘Renewable
Energy Hub’ which supports the
construction, servicing and maintenance,
and eventual decommissioning (including
recycling) and repowering of developments
within the cluster and wider region, whilst
supporting other Net Zero business
opportunities.
A collaborative procurement strategy with
an aim of ensuring that existing and new
local and regional businesses secure a
greater proportion of tender opportunities.
Identification and enhancement of existing
skills within the local and regional economy
which could be utilised and developed to
support local, long-term sustainable jobs
in the green economy, and building on
the example of the Connect2Renewables
initiative. Working with local employability
and training providers, to identify skills
gaps, with a focus on groups furthest from
the employment market.
Coordinated by the Douglas Valley
Initiative Economic Development
Officer. Development of a strategy
to maximise and realise the regional
economic opportunities from a
collaborative approach to development
within the cluster.
Tourism &
Visitor Strategy
Hagshaw Renewable
Energy Hub
Coordinated Local
Procurement
Diversifying &
Building Local Skills
Strategic
Investment Plan
Productive timber forests are a key landuse within the cluster
the processing of timber locally for construction and biomass supply chains 
The construction and long-term maintenance of the existing and committed wind energy developments could
be facilitated via shared construction and lay-down areas within a Renewable Energy Hub © Richard Carman
148

Page 149

Page 39
a.) Maximise opportunities to   
support the development of   
local supply chain and skills   
as part of a green and circular   
economy.
b.) Promote longer term investment   
in infrastructure, through  longer   
duration or in perpetuity consents   
for renewable energy developments 
and development envelopes.
c.)  Ensure that communities benefit   
from the opportunity offered by   
the transition to a low carbon   
future.
d.) Deliver more effective and larger   
scale benefits to communities   
and the environment by working   
together to manage and     
invest community benefit   
funds.
e.) Promote opportunities for shared   
community ownership/location   
and investment in renewable   
energy development by     
communities.
Key Objectives
The prospect of new industrial and logistics development at the Conexus hub adjacent to the M74
brings opportunities to establish a green energy hub and local employment © 3R Energy
Productive timber forests are a key landuse within the cluster, with opportunities to expand production and
the processing of timber locally for construction and biomass supply chains  © Richard Carman
The construction of over 300 MW of committed wind energy development within the cluster has
the potential to bring temporary and permanent jobs to the local economy © Alan O’Dowd (cc-by-sa/2.0)
Promote a local and regional circular
economy strategy where local skills, and
materials are utilised to create a society
where resources are valued and nothing
is wasted. This could include the eventual
reuse and recycling of renewable energy
infrastructure, such as wind turbines.
Circular Economy
Strategy
149

Page 150

Promoting and supporting a local economy which delivers locally
Page 40
A Development Framework for the Hagshaw Energy Cluster
Planning for Net Zero
Up to £47m
Gross Value Added
(GVA) and 650 job years
during construction
What does success look like?
5. Inclusive, Sustainable Growth
The creation of jobs and businesses
indirectly related to renewable energy
development, and increased visitor
numbers through the creation of new
recreation and tourism opportunities.
Establishment of flagship regional
‘Renewable Energy Hub’ providing
sustainable jobs within renewable
technologies within the cluster and beyond.
An increase in community benefit payments
into communities around the cluster from
deployment of additional renewable energy
development, including wind energy
and co-located technologies, and other
businesses and activities.
Creation of new skilled industries,
businesses and sustainable jobs in the local
and regional green economy.
A decrease in local deprivation and
unemployment, through creation of
opportunities for the local population.
A greater share of capital investment
and annual spend flowing directly into
the local and regional economy from
development within the cluster.
Diversified
Visitor Economy
Renewable
Energy Hub
Investment in
Communities
Skilled Green
Energy Jobs
Enhanced
Local Economy
Financial benefits from wind energy developments are currently delivered through grant initiatives such as the South
Lanarkshire Renewable Energy Fund and Foundation Scotland. With 584 MW of committed wind energy development
within the cluster to be delivered in the coming years, this could generate up to £2.7 million in direct annual benefit
payments to communities around the cluster. Subject to community-led decision making on how to use and invest funds,
potential recreation and tourism facilities could bring further economic benefits to communities.
A significant opportunity for employment land exists at the proposed Conexus hub. Promoted as a strategically located
logistics, energy & industrial hub at the crossroads of Scotland, it provides the ideal foundation to establish a new thriving
local economy of industries around green energy.
The committed wind energy development in the cluster could deliver the following economic benefits locally:
A Renewable Energy Hub, creating sustainable jobs supporting the deployment, servicing and
maintenance of renewable technologies within the cluster and beyond © Richard Carman
Up to £6m
GVA and 80 jobs
annually during
operation
Up to £2.7m
per year in community
benefit payments for
25-30 years
Source: Data collated and analysed by Biggar Economics, 2021
150

Page 151

Page 41151

Page 152

Creating opportunities for healthy, happy and active communities
A Development Framework for the Hagshaw Energy Cluster
Planning for Net Zero Page 42
The Scottish Government is committed to creating a wellbeing economy which secures sustainable, inclusive
growth for everyone, in all parts of Scotland. Promoting opportunities for improved access to outdoor
greenspace and participation in outdoor recreation and learning, regardless of any physical or mental
disability, can help build social cohesion and promote active and healthy lifestyles. This is at the heart of
creating and maintaining sustainable communities, and a National Public Health Priority.
The Development Framework promotes a more inclusive approach to identifying ways to work together to
support and enhance the health and wellbeing of communities and visitors to the area. Whilst extensive
networks of local Core Paths exist within East Ayrshire and South Lanarkshire, the cluster offers opportunities
to deliver aspirational and crossboundary links between communities, as identfied in existing Core Path
Plans.
Promoting active travel, via walking, running, cycling or other alternative means can play a role in improving
physical and mental wellbeing, as well as assisting in the transition to a low carbon economy.
Ensuring communities are connected via functional green networks is a key principle of the GCV Green
Network Partnership Blueprint for Strategic Access Networks - facilitating the off-road movement of people
around and between communities through Green Active Travel routes and greenspace.
The Hagshaw Energy Cluster also offers a unique opportunity to promote the area as a regional visitor
destination for organised outdoor recreation and adventure sports, accessible to large population centres
via the M74 and A70 road links, with an initial focus on areas in the south and east of the cluster, close to
communities, local businesses and other existing local amenities.
6. Outdoor Recreation to Support Health and Wellbeing
Enhanced outdoor spaces to live, work and play in and creation of opportunities
for community and visitor destinations © Richard Carman
Enhanced and new infrastructure for recreational activities within the extents of the cluster and
neighbouring communities © Richard Carman
Key Opportunities
Development and delivery of an active
travel strategy which provides local links
between communities, and wider regional
links to communities and the River Ayr Way,
Clyde Walkway, and the National Cycle
Network east of Douglas.
Development of a recreation and access
strategy for the whole cluster which
identifies coordinated opportunities for
promoting responsible access, connectivity
and delivery of infrastructure, whilst
respecting nature, existing land use
and business activities, communities,
and management of existing crime and
antisocial behaviour.
Delivery of high-quality infrastructure
for formal and informal outdoor play
in communities around the cluster,
e.g. traditional and natural play areas,
pump track for cycling, roller skating,
skateboarding etc.
Delivery of safe active travel links for
walking and cycling between the key
communities surrounding the cluster.
Including Lesmahagow, Coalburn, Douglas,
Glespin and Muirkirk, reducing the need
to travel by car, and improving residents
health and well-being.
Enhancement and creation of
connected formal and informal outdoor
open spaces which are accessible to
all – within the key communities around
the cluster, and connected by an
enhanced and maintained Core Path
Network.
A Regional Active
Travel Network
Access &
Recreation Strategy
Active Play
for All Local Active
Travel Links
Connected Local
Green Spaces
152

Page 153

Page 43
Enhanced and new infrastructure for recreational activities within the extents of the cluster and
a.) Promote outdoor recreation across   
the cluster and beyond, to support   
the physical and mental health and   
wellbeing of local communities and   
visitors to the area.
b.) Maximise the suitability of existing   
paths and roads and to provide   
a coherent network of access   
opportunities.
c.)  Deliver enhanced local and regional 
active travel and transport networks, 
with links to wider walking and cycling 
routes.
d.) Develop and promote the cluster   
as a hub destination for organised   
formal recreation such as walking,   
running, mountain biking, e-biking   
etc.
e.) Promote opportunities for inclusive   
outdoor recreation, through   
infrastructure which provides   
access for all abilities.
Key Objectives
Creation of an outdoor and adventure
recreation hub which promotes use of
existing infrastructure, such as on site wind
farm access tracks for walking, running
and mountain biking, e-biking (powered by
renewable energy), creating a local identity
and providing facilities for visitors and local
employment opportunities.
Outdoor Recreation
& Adventure Hub
The network of existing wind farm access tracks offer endless opportunities for physical recreation
and exploration, similar to the successful Whitelee Wind Farm - now renowed as Greater
Glasgow’s ‘largest park’  © Alan O’Dowd (cc-by-sa/2.0)
PHOTO
Providing public access to woodlands and forests around the cluster and surrounding area to
support both mental health and wellbeing. Spending time in woodlands has been proven to have a
positive effect on alleviating conditions such as depression and anxiety © LUC
153

Page 154

Page 44
A Development Framework for the Hagshaw Energy Cluster
Planning for Net Zero
Recreation and tourism hub facilities to promote and support local and regional visitors to the
cluster, and diversified employment opportunities © Richard Carman
What does success look like?
6. Outdoor Recreation to Support Health and Wellbeing
Increased participation and visitor numbers
to the area through the creation of new
active travel links through the area, and
recreation and tourism opportunities.
Establishment of a hub destination for
outdoor recreation and adventure sports
which is identifiable and promoted
locally and regionally for the benefit of
communities and visitors alike e.g. a
potential Outdoor E-bike National Centre,
powered by renewable energy.
Improved access to high quality open
spaces connected by green corridors for
local communities, creating healthy, happy
places to invest, live, work and play within.
A network of diverse, accessible and high
quality rides and trails for all abilities of
cyclist e.g. mountain/family/beginner/trials/
pump-track.
Networks of paths for walking, cross
country skiing and roller skiing activities.
Improved health and wellbeing of
all age groups within communities,
through access to opportunities for
outdoor recreation and adoption of
more active lifestyles.
Enhanced Active
Travel Links
An Outdoor
Destination
High Quality
Open Space
An Active
Landscape
Contribution to
Healthier Lifestyles
Waymarked trails for mountain or gravel biking, walking or horse riding
to be developed around the cluster, initially focusing on areas close to
population centres and existing amenities © Valenta (cc-by-sa/2.0)
Creating safe and secure opportunities for commuting via active
modes of transport between communities and potential employment
centres © LUC
Creating opportunities for healthy, happy and active communities
154

Page 155

Page 45155

Page 156

Reinvented Mineral Workings
Reflecting and celebrating the past
landuse, industry and employment
of coal mining which has shaped the
communities and landscape around
the cluster, including the including
the Spireslack geological features - a
Scottish Carboniferous Research Park.
Enhanced Connectivity
Improved connectivity between communities,
through the enhancement of existing and creation
of new active travel and public transport links - and
linking of existing long distance promoted trails
such as the River Ayr Way and Clyde Walkway.
Repurposing of Existing Infrastructure
Utilising and enhancing existing and
historic infrastructure to create safe and
accessible links between communities,
helping people connect and feel
connected with their neighbours, whilst
adding valuable opportunities for safe
recreation.
Restoration of Valuable Peatlands
Opportunities for peatland restoration
and the delivery of other nature based
solutions in response to the challenges of a
changing climate and the biodiversity crisis.
The Hagshaw
Energy Cluster
A Development Framework for the Hagshaw Energy Cluster
Planning for Net Zero Page 46
Future of the Hagshaw Energy Cluster...
Coordinated Enhancement of Nature
Creation, enhancement and restoration
of habitats to support key priority
species in the cluster and promote
connectivity with other similar habitats.
156

Page 157

Inclusive, Sustainable Growth
The construction and long-term maintenance
of the existing and committed wind energy
developments could be facilitated via shared
construction and lay-down areas within a
Renewable Energy Hub.
A Strong Identity of Heritage, People and Place
Enhancement of existing and creation of new
public spaces within settlements around the
cluster, which respect the historic character and
sense of place.
An Outdoor Destination
Recreation and tourism hub
facilities to promote and support
local and regional visitors to the
cluster, creating diversified business
and employment opportunities.
Enhanced Agricultural Practices
Promotion and support for agri-environment
schemes and exploration of new models
such as agro-forestry to diversify income
streams and maximise carbon benefits.
© Richard Carman, 2022
The Hagshaw
Energy Cluster
Page 47
Outdoor Recreation to Support
Health and Wellbeing
Enhanced and new infrastructure
for recreational activities within
the extents of the cluster and
neighbouring communities.
Optimised and Diversified
Renewable Energy Generation
Integration of other renewable
energy technologies alongside
wind energy development to
maximise renewable energy
generation and efficiency.
157

Page 158

A Development Framework for the Hagshaw Energy Cluster
Planning for Net Zero Page 48
This technical annex sets out key design principles for wind energy development within the cluster, including new projects,
extensions and the repowering of existing sites.
The Development Framework does not seek to define the extent of the cluster, which to date has been largely influenced by the
presence of the following designated areas and physical features:
• The River Ayr Valley to the south-west, and River Douglas Valley, encompassing part of the Douglas Valley Special Landscape
Area (SLA) to the south, south-east;
• The settlements of Coalburn, Douglas, Glespin, Lesmahagow and Muirkirk, and scattered residential properties to the south,
south-east, east and north-east;
• The M74 corridor to the east, and the A70 to the south within the Douglas Valley; and
• The Muirkirk and North Lowther Uplands SPA and Muirkirk Uplands SSSI to the west and south-west.
The presence of the above, and the suitability of the Rolling Moorland landscapes found across the cluster and now defined as
the Plateau Moorland Landscape Character Type (LCT), to accommodate large scale wind energy development has influenced
the organic evolution of the cluster over the past 25 years. It is anticipated that these considerations will continue to influence and
inform future wind energy development in the cluster.
The design advice contained in this technical annex does not replace or supersede existing Supplementary Guidance published by
East Ayrshire and South Lanarkshire Council’s, such as the South Lanarkshire Landscape Capacity Study for Wind Energy (2016),
but instead complements this where relevant, and sets out a locally specific design response for potential future wind energy
development in and around the Hagshaw Energy Cluster.
Technical Annex
Wind Energy of the Future
Design and Assessment Viewpoints
The key design and assessment viewpoints have been informed by desk and field based survey, and a review of past LVIAs for developments
within the cluster. The relevance of each viewpoint to the design and assessment of specific proposals will be dependent on the location,
extent and scale of wind energy development proposed. Not all viewpoints will necessarily be included in future assessments – this is a
standard list from which to identify the best ones to use for each project which are likely to capture the key considerations.  In collaboration
with relevant stakeholders, viewpoint(s) should be agreed on a case by case basis and may be microsited to represent maximum visibility
and the highest sensitivity receptors. Where applicable, additional viewpoints will be required to allow for a visual assessment of any impacts
on heritage assets.
The approximate location of each viewpoint is shown on the map (right), and a description of the key receptors detailed below:
• A - Muirkirk - Representing views from the historic settlement and important cultural landscape within East Ayrshire.
• B - River Ayr Way - Representing views experienced by recreational users of the long distance walking route through East Ayrshire,
following the River Ayr from source to sea.
• C - Glenbuck - Located in the historic conservation village of Glenbuck in East Ayrshire, and representing views experienced by local
residents and visitors to village and nearby Ponesk-Spireslack FLS site.
• D - Glespin - Representing views experienced by residents within this small settlement located on the A70 within the Douglas Valley
SLA.
• E - Douglas - Viewpoint to represent settlement located on the A70 within the Douglas Valley SLA to the south-east of the cluster, and
protected heritage assets of Douglas Castle and Douglas Conservation Area.
• F - M74/A70 near Uddington - To represent views experienced by receptors travelling on the M74 and A70, and nearby NCN Route
74, and within the Douglas Valley SLA.
• G - Coalburn - Representing views from the settlement east, north-east of the cluster.
• H - B7078/NCN Route 74 - Viewpoint represents views experienced by receptors travelling on the B7078 and NCN Route 74 to the
east of the cluster.
• I - Lesmahagow - Viewpoint to represent settlement located to north-east of the cluster.
• J - Logan Water - Viewpoint located at transition to Plateau Farmland LCT and Upland River Valley LCT to north, north-east of the
cluster.
• K - B743 Muirkirk - Strathaven - Located on the B743 passing through the upland Plateau Moorland LCT between Muirkirk and
Strathaven.
• L - Loudon Hill - Viewpoint located at local hill summit near Darvel in East Ayshire and within protected Inventory Battlefield.
Representing views experienced by recreational receptors.
• M - Cairn Kinney - Scheduled hilltop cairn, located at hill summit in Southern Uplands of South Lanarkshire to the south of the cluster,
representing views experienced by recreational receptors.
• N - Cairn Table - Scheduled hilltop cairn, llocated at hill summit in Southern Uplands on boundary between East Ayrshire and South
Lanarkshire to the south-west of the cluster, representing views experienced by recreational receptors from edge of East Ayrshire
Sensitive Landscape Area.
• O - Rigside - Viewpoint to represent settlement located on A70 above the Douglas Valley to east of the cluster.
• P - Blackhill Cairn Fort - Viewpoint at site of Scheduled Monument (SM) to the north-east of the cluster and overlooking the Middle
Clyde Valley.
• Q - Tinto Hill - Scheduled hilltop cairn, llocated on distinctive landmark hill within the Upper Clyde Valley & Tinto SLA to the east of the
cluster.
• R - Lowther Hill - Distinctive landmark hill on the Southern Upland Way long distance trail, and within the Leadhills and Lowther Hills
SLA (location not shown on map).
• S - Middlefield Law - Local hill summit to the north of the Ayr Valley and settlement of Muirkirk, within the East Ayrshire Sensitive
Landscape Area.
Key Design Principles
These design principles provide a guide to help shape further wind energy development within the cluster. They should be used at
the scoping stage to inform both design and assessment throughout the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) and  Landscape
and Visual Impact Assessments (LVIA) process, informed by the existing principles of good wind farm siting and design and
alongside other planning policy and guidance.  They do not alter or supersede existing planning policy, but are provided to help
inform scoping and subsequent assessment.
• Protect the residential amenity of the closest residents and communities to the cluster by avoiding unacceptable,
adverse impacts informed by the EIA process;
• Protect the integrity of designated sites, including the Muirkirk and North Lowther Uplands Special Protection Area
(SPA), firstly through sympathetic design and layout;
• Relate to and where possible enhance the existing underlying landscape character of the area, taking account of
existing wind farm developments and delivering the landscape opportunities set out in this Framework;
• Protect the integrity of locally designated landscapes (e.g. Douglas Valley Special Landscape Area (SLA) and East
Ayrshire Sensitive Landscape Area), by avoiding unacceptable, adverse impacts;
• Avoid visual coalescence with other nearby wind farms or clusters of wind farms beyond the cluster; and
• Promote greater consistency and cohesion in turbine composition and scale across the cluster e.g. turbine spacing,
elevation, rotor diameter and/or blade tip height.
158

Page 159

Page 49159

Page 160

A Development Framework for the Hagshaw Energy Cluster
Planning for Net Zero Page 50
Glossary of Terms
20 minute neighbourhood - A method of achieving connected and often compact neighbourhoods
designed in such a way that people can meet the majority of their daily needs within a reasonable
walk, wheel or cycle (within approx. 800m) of their home.
Active travel - Making journeys by physically active means, like walking or cycling.
Biodiversity - The variability in living organisms and the ecological complexes of which they are
part. This includes diversity within species, between species and of ecosystems (UN Convention
on Biological Diversity, 1992).
Biodiversity Net Gain (BNG) - an approach which aims to leave the natural environment in a
measurably better state than beforehand.
Blue infrastructure - Water environment features within the natural and built environments that
provide a range of ecosystem services. Blue features include rivers, lochs, wetlands, canals, other
water courses, ponds, coastal and marine areas.
Brownfield - Land which has previously been developed. The term may cover vacant or derelict
and, land occupied by redundant or unused buildings and developed land within the settlement
boundary where further intensification of use is considered acceptable.
Carbon sequestration - The long-term removal, capture, or sequestration of carbon dioxide from
the atmosphere to slow or reverse atmospheric carbon diaoxide (CO2) pollution and to mitigate or
reverse climate change.
Circular economy - A circular economy is one that is designed to reduce the demand for raw
material in products; to encourage reuse, repair and manufacture by designing products and
materials to last as long as possible in line with the waste hierarchy.
Community - A body of people. A community can be based on location (for example people who
live or work in or use an area), common identity (for example a shared ethnicity, language, age) or
common interest (for example the business community, amenity, sports, social or heritage groups).
Community Wealth Building (CWB) - The Scottish Government has adopted the internationally
recognised Community Wealth Building (CWB) approach to economic development as a key
practical means by which we can achieve our wellbeing economy objectives
Conservation Area - Conservation areas are areas which have special architectural or historic
interest that are considered worthy of protection. To be designated as a conservation area it must
meet the criteria of ‘special architectural or historic interest the character or appearance of which
is desirable to preserve or enhance’, as set out in Section 61 of the Planning Listed Buildings and
Conservation Areas (Scotland) Act 1997.
Community Hub - A community hub is a multipurpose centre, such as a community centre,
medical centre or school, that provides a range of high quality and cost effective services to the
local community, with the potential to develop new services in response to changing community
needs.
Community facilities - Buildings or services used by the community, including community halls,
recreation centres, libraries, etc.
Cumulative impact - Impact in combination with other development. That includes existing
developments as appropriate, those which have permission, and valid applications which have not
been determined. The weight attached to undetermined applications should reflect their position in
the application process.
Decarbonisation - Reducing the amount of gaseous carbon compounds released by buildings,
activities or operations.
Ecosystem services - The benefits people obtain from ecosystems
Energy storage - Energy storage is the capture of energy produced at one time for use at a later
time to reduce imbalances between energy demand and energy production.
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) - A process of evaluating the likely significant
environmental impacts of a proposed project or development, taking into account inter-related
socio-economic, cultural and human-health impacts, both beneficial and adverse.
Flood Risk - The combination of the probability of a flood and the potential adverse consequences
associated with a flood, for human health, the environment, cultural heritage and economic activity.
Forestry and Woodland Strategy - A strategy prepared by a planning authority either singly
or in collaboration with other planning authorities, which sets out policies and proposals for the
development of forestry and woodlands in their area, according to the Planning (Scotland) Act
2019.
Green hydrogen - Hydrogen and oxygen produced by splitting water by electrolysis, stored
hydrogen can then be used to provide heat and power, with only oxygen vented to the atmosphere
with no negative impact. To achieve electrolysis requires electricity, which can be generated from
renewable energy sources such as wind.
Green infrastructure - Features or spaces within the natural and built environments that provide a
range of ecosystem services.
Green networks - Connected areas of green infrastructure and open space, that together form an
integrated and multi-functional network.
Green Space - Space which provides a recreational function, an amenity function, or aesthetic
value to the public such as areas of grass, trees, other vegetation and water.
Habitat Management Plan (HMP) - Provide a guide for land managers to facilitate works that will
result over time in maintenance of, or increase in, the biodiversity value of retained and/or newly
created habitats.
Historic Environment - The physical evidence for human activity that connects people with place,
linked with the associations we can see, feel and understand.
Just Transition -The Climate Change Act 2019 embeds the principles of a just transition; this
means as we reduce our emissions and respond to a changing climate, our journey is fair and
creates a better future for everyone – regardless of where they live, what they do, and who
they are. It is both the outcome – a fairer, greener future for all – and the process that must be
undertaken in partnership with those impacted by the transition to net zero. It supports a net zero
and climate resilient economy in a way that delivers fairness and tackles inequality and injustice.
Landscape Character - Created by the way the physical and cultural components of the
landscape come together and can be defined as “a distinct, recognisable and consistent pattern
of elements in the landscape that makes one landscape different from another”. Scotland has a
digital map-based national landscape character assessment (published in 2019) which defines
Landscape Character Types (LCTs) across Scotland.
Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment (LVIA) - The process of evaluating the landscape
and visual effects of a development proposal, as a component of a multi-topic Environmental
Impact Assessment (EIA).
Local Landscape Designation - Designated landscapes where the scenery is highly valued
locally. Defined and protected by policy at a local level across Scotland, where local development
plans show their location (and associated policy). Referred to as Special Landscape Areas (SLAs)
in South Lanarkshire and Sensitive Landscape Areas in East Ayrshire.
Masterplan - A strategic scheme within which a location is proposed to be regenerated or changed
in order to meet a perceived challenge or strategic need.
Natural Capital - Natural capital is a term for the habitats and ecosystems that provide social,
environmental and economic benefits to humans. Scotland has a wide range of these habitats and
ecosystems - each of which makes a unique contribution to the wellbeing of those who live and
work in Scotland.
Nature based solutions - Nature-based solutions use nature to help tackle environmental and
social challenges, providing benefits to people and nature, and help us to mitigate and adapt to
climate change.
Nature network - A Nature Network is a joined-up system of places important for wild plants and
animals, on land and at sea. It allows plants, animals, seeds, nutrients and water to move from
place to place and enables the natural world to adapt to change, providing plants and animals with
places to live, feed and breed. Effectively functioning nature networks will connect existing nature
rich areas through habitat corridors, habitat ‘stepping stones’ or habitat restoration areas.
Net Zero - Scotland has set a target to become ‘Net Zero’ by 2045. This means the amount of
greenhouse gas emissions we put into the atmosphere and the amount we are able to take out will
add up to zero.
Open space - Space within and on the edge of settlements comprising green space or civic areas
such as squares, market places and other paved or hard landscaped areas with a civic function.
Placemaking - Placemaking is the process of creating good quality places that promotes people’s
health, happiness and wellbeing. It concerns the environment in which we live; the people that
inhabit these spaces; and the quality of life that comes from the interaction of people and their
surroundings. Placemaking is a collaborative approach involving the design and development of
places over time, with people and communities central to the process.
Priority species - Animals, plants and habitats included on the Scottish Biodiversity List
considered to be of principal importance for biodiversity conservation in Scotland.
Renewable Energy - Renewable energy, often referred to as green energy, comes from natural
sources or processes that are constantly replenished from a source that is not depleted when
used. Renewable sources of energy, such as wind, wave, tidal, solar, hydro and biomass are
widely available and can substitute sources of fossil fuel.
Scheduled Monument - Monuments of national importance that have legal protection under the
Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Areas Act 1979.
Sustainable development - Development that meets the needs of the present without
compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs. (The Brundtland Definition.
Our Common Future, The World Commission on Environment and Development, 1987.)
160

Page 161

Page 51
List of Stakeholders
Blackwood and Kirkmuirhill Co-ordination Group
Blackwood and Kirkmuirhill Community Resilience group
British Horse Society
British Trust for Ornithology (Ayrshire and Cumbrae)
Butterfly Conservation Scotland
Carluke Community Council
Carluke Development Trust
Central Scotland Bat Group
Central Scotland Green Network
Clyde River Foundation
Clydeplan
Coalburn Community Council
Coalfields Communities Federation
Coalfields Regeneration Trust
Community Action Lanarkshire
Community Land Scotland
Community Links Scotland
Cooper Farms
Development Trusts Association Scotland
Douglas Community Council
Douglas Water and Rigside Community Council
Douglasdale Recreation, Environment, Access, and Leisure Group
East Ayrshire Coalfield Environment Initiative Board
East Ayrshire Council
East Ayrshire Leisure
East Ayrshire Woodlands
Electricity Supply Nominees Forestry Ltd. (ESN(F))
Fisheries Management Scotland
Forestry and Land Scotland
Foundation Scotland
Glasgow and Clyde Valley Green Network Partnership
Greenspace Scotland
Hargreaves Land Limited
Heads of Planning Scotland
Historic Environment Scotland
John Muir Trust
Joint Radio Company
Lanarkshire Area Tourism Partnership
Landscape Institute / Landscape Institute Scotland
Lesmahagow Community Council
Lesmahagow Development Trust
Local Energy Scotland
Mitchell Energy Ltd
Muirkirk Community Council
Muirkirk Enterprise Group
National Farmers Union of Scotland
NATS Safeguarding
NatureScot
Ofgem
Outdoor Access Trust for Scotland Paths for All
Public Health Scotland
Rigside & Douglas Water Residents and Tenants Association
Royal Society for the Protection of Birds
RSPB Scotland
Sandford/upper Avondale Community Council
Scottish Development International
Scottish Enterprise
Scottish Environmental Protection Agency
Scottish Forestry
Scottish Government
Scottish Government Energy Consents Unit
Scottish Land and Estates (Clydeside)
Scottish Outdoor Access Network
Scottish Renewables
Scottish Water
Scottish Wildlife Trust
ScottishPower Energy Networks
Scotways
Skills Development Scotland
South Lanarkshire Biodiversity Partnership
South Lanarkshire Council
South Scotland Red Squirrel Group
South Strathclyde Raptor Study Group
Spirit of Lanarkshire Wind Energy Co-operative
St. Brides Community Group, Douglas
Stonehouse Community Council
Sustrans Scotland
The Coal Authority
The Ramblers Association
The Rural Development Trust Ltd
University of the West of Scotland
Visit Scotland
Voluntary Action South Lanarkshire
West of Scotland Archaeology Service
William Mitchell & Sons Ltd
Zero Waste Scotland
161

Page 162

A Development Framework for the Hagshaw Energy Cluster
Planning for Net Zero Page 52
References
Architecture and Design Scotland (2020). Designing for a Changing Climate: Planning Reform. Available online: https://www.ads.org.uk/wp-content/
uploads/Designing-for-a-Changing-Climate-Planning-Reform.pdf
Architecture and Design Scotland (2020). Designing for a Changing Climate: Carbon Conscious Places. Available online: https://www.ads.org.uk/
wp-content/uploads/Carbon-Conscious-Places-Main-Report.pdf
Biggar Economics (2021). Wind Farm & Tourism Trends in Scotland: Evidence for 44 Wind Farms. Available online: https://biggareconomics.co.uk/
wp-content/uploads/2021/11/BiGGAR-Economics-Wind-Farms-and-Tourism-2021.pdf
BVG Associates (2017) Economic benefits from onshore wind farms. Available online: https://bvgassociates.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/BV-
GA-18510-Economic-impact-onshore-wind-report-r3.pdf
ClimateXChange. 20 minute neighbourhoods in a Scottish context. Available online: https://www.climatexchange.org.uk/research/projects/20-min-
ute-neighbourhoods-in-a-scottish-context/
Community Action Lanarkshire. Community Action Plans. Available online: https://www.communityactionlan.org/get-involved/community-action-plans
East Ayrshire Council (2017). East Ayrshire Council Local Development Plan (LDP). Available online: https://www.east-ayrshire.gov.uk/PlanningAndTh-
eEnvironment/Development-plans/LocalAndStatutoryDevelopmentPlans/East-Ayrshire-Local-Development-Plan-2017.aspx
East Ayrshire Council (2015) Local Development Plan - Background Paper: Sensitive Landscape Areas. Available online: https://www.east-ayrshire.
gov.uk/Resources/PDF/L/LDP-Sensitive-Landscape-Area-Background-Paper.pdf
East Ayrshire Council (2020). East Ayrshire Minerals Local Development Plan. Available online: https://www.east-ayrshire.gov.uk/PlanningAndTheEnvi-
ronment/Development-plans/LocalAndStatutoryDevelopmentPlans/East-Ayrshire-Minerals-Local-Development-Plan.aspx
East Ayrshire Council, Carol Anderson Landscape Associates (2018). East Ayrshire Landscape Wind Capacity Study. Available online: https://www.
east-ayrshire.gov.uk/Resources/PDF/L/Landscape-wind-capacity-study.pdf
East Ayrshire Council (2020). East Ayrshire Minerals Local Development Plan. Available online: https://www.east-ayrshire.gov.uk/PlanningAndTheEnvi-
ronment/Development-plans/LocalAndStatutoryDevelopmentPlans/East-Ayrshire-Minerals-Local-Development-Plan.aspx
East Ayrshire Council (2020). East Ayrshire Recreation Plan 2021-2024. Available online: https://eastayrshireleisure.com/media/2550/recrea-
tion-plan-final.pdf
Glasgow and Clyde Valley (GCV) Green Network Partnership - Blueprint. Available online. https://www.gcvgreennetwork.gov.uk/what-we-do/our-blue-
print
GCV Green Network Partnership - Clyde Climate Forest Initiative. https://www.gcvgreennetwork.gov.uk/clyde-climate-forest
Glasgow and the Clyde Valley Strategic Development Planning Authority (2017). Clydeplan. Available online: https://www.clydeplan-sdpa.gov.uk/
images/ApprovedPlanHighRes.pdf
NatureScot (2021). Guidance - Assessing the cumulative impact of onshore wind energy developments. Available online: https://www.nature.scot/doc/
guidance-assessing-cumulative-landscape-and-visual-impact-onshore-wind-energy-developments
NatureScot (2020). General pre-application and scoping advice for onshore wind farms. Available online:  https://www.nature.scot/doc/general-pre-ap-
plication-and-scoping-advice-onshore-wind-farms
Net Zero Nation: https://www.netzeronation.scot/
Scottish Government (2020). Securing a green recovery on a path to net zero: climate change plan 2018–2032 - update. Available online: https://www.
gov.scot/publications/securing-green-recovery-path-net-zero-update-climate-change-plan-20182032/documents/
Scottish Government (2014). Scottish Planning Policy (SPP). Available online: https://www.gov.scot/publications/scottish-planning-policy/
Scottish Government (2018). Scotland’s public health priorities. Available online: https://www.gov.scot/publications/scotlands-public-health-priorities/
Scottish Government (2019). Place Principle: introduction. Available online: https://www.gov.scot/publications/place-principle-introduction/
Scottish Government (2019). Scotland to become a net-zero society: https://www.gov.scot/news/scotland-to-become-a-net-zero-society/
Scottish Government (2020). Fourth National Planning Framework: position statement. Available online: https://www.gov.scot/publications/scot-
lands-fourth-national-planning-framework-position-statement/documents/
Scottish Government (2021). A Fairer, Greener Scotland: Programme for Government 2021-22. Available online: https://www.gov.scot/publications/
fairer-greener-scotland-programme-government-2021-22/
Scottish Government (2021). Rural and Environment. Working together to maximise the potential of our land. Available online: https://blogs.gov.scot/
rural-environment/2021/02/05/working-together-to-maximise-the-potential-of-our-land/
Scottish Government (2023). National Planning Framework 4. Available online: https://www.gov.scot/publications/national-planning-framework-4/
Scottish Government (2023). Draft Energy Strategy and Just Transition Plan. Available online: https://www.gov.scot/publications/draft-energy-strate-
gy-transition-plan/
Scottish Government (2022). Onshore wind: policy statement refresh 2022. Available online: https://www.gov.scot/publications/onshore-wind-poli-
cy-statement-2022/
Scottish Government (20187). National Performance Framework. Available online: https://nationalperformance.gov.scot/
Scottish Government. Regional Spatial Strategies. Available online: https://www.transformingplanning.scot/media/1292/rss-factsheet-for-web-final.pdf
Scottish Government. National Outcomes. Available online: https://nationalperformance.gov.scot/national-outcomes
Scottish Government. Just Transition Commission. Available online: https://www.gov.scot/groups/just-transition-commission/
Scottish Natural Heritage (SNH) (2018). A Handbook on Environmental Impact Assessment, Appendix 2: Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment,
Version 5. Available online: https://www.nature.scot/sites/default/files/2018-05/Publication%202018%20-%20Environmental%20Impact%20Assess-
ment%20Handbook%20V5.pdf
SNH (2017). Visual Representation of Wind Farms, Version 2.2. Available online: https://www.nature.scot/doc/visual-representation-wind-farms-guid-
ance
SNH (2017). Siting and Designing Wind Farms in the Landscape, Version 3. Available online: https://www.nature.scot/doc/siting-and-designing-wind-
farms-landscape-version-3a
SNH (2015). Spatial Planning for Onshore Wind Turbines – natural heritage considerations, Guidance. Available online: https://www.nature.scot/sites/
default/files/2019-10/Guidance%20-%20Spatial%20Planning%20for%20Onshore%20Wind%20Turbines%20-%20natural%20heritage%20considera-
tions%20-%20June%202015.pdf
SNH (2015). Good Practice During Windfarm Construction, Version 3. Available online: https://www.nature.scot/sites/default/files/2018-08/Guid-
ance%20-%20Good%20Practice%20during%20wind%20farm%20construction.pdf
SNH (2015) Constructed Tracks in the Scottish Uplands, 2nd Edition. Available online: https://www.nature.scot/sites/default/files/Publication%20
2015%20-%20Constructed%20tracks%20in%20the%20Scottish%20Uplands.pdf
South Lanarkshire Council, Ironside Farrar (2010). South Lanarkshire Validating Local Landscape Designations. Available online: https://www.southla-
narkshire.gov.uk/downloads/file/4147/landscape_designations_report_november_2010
South Lanarkshire Council, Ironside Farrar (2016). South Lanarkshire Landscape Capacity Study for Wind Energy. Available online: https://www.south-
lanarkshire.gov.uk/downloads/download/868/renewable_energy_supplementary_guidance
South Lanarkshire Council, Ironside Farrar (2019). South Lanarkshire Tall Wind Turbines: Landscape Capacity Siting and Design Guidance. Addendum
to Landscape Capacity Study for Wind Energy 2016. Available online: https://www.southlanarkshire.gov.uk/downloads/file/13239/tall_wind_turbines_
landscape_capacity_siting_and_design_guidance
South Lanarkshire Council (2020). Supporting Planning Guidance Renewable Energy. Available online: https://www.southlanarkshire.gov.uk/down-
loads/file/14641/supporting_planning_guidance_renewable_energy
South Lanarkshire Council (2020). Local Development Plan 2 (LDP2). Available online: https://www.southlanarkshire.gov.uk/info/200145/planning_
and_building_standards/39/development_plans/2
South Lanarkshire Council. Renewable Energy Fund Grants: https://www.southlanarkshire.gov.uk/info/200168/getting_involved_in_your_communi-
ty/744/renewable_energy_fund
United Nations. Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). Available online: https://sdgs.un.org/goals
162

Page 163

Page 53
Wind Energy Developments of the Hagshaw Energy Cluster
Cumberhead Wind Farm (Under construction), website: https://www.bidwells.co.uk/what-we-do/projects/cumberhead-wind-farm/
Cumberhead West Wind Farm (Consented), website: https://3renergy.co.uk/projects/cumberhead-west-wind-farm/
Dalquhandy Wind Farm (Under construction), website: https://www.baywa-re.com/en/news/details/baywa-re-acquires-second-lanarkshire-wind-farm-site
Douglas West Wind Farm (Operational), website: https://3renergy.co.uk/projects/douglas-west-wind-farm/
Douglas West Wind Farm Extension (Consented), website: https://3renergy.co.uk/projects/douglas-west-wind-farm-extension/
Hagshaw Hill Wind Farm (Operational), website: https://www.scottishpowerrenewables.com/pages/hagshaw_hill.aspx
Hagshaw Hill Wind Farm Extension (Operational), website: https://www.scottishpowerrenewables.com/pages/hagshaw_hill.aspx
Hagshaw Hill Wind Farm Repowering (Consented), website: https://3renergy.co.uk/projects/hagshaw-hill-wind-farm/
Hare Craig Wind Farm (Consented), website: https://www.energiekontor.co.uk/our-projects/hare-craig
Galawhistle Wind Farm (Operational), website: https://www.ventientenergy.com/our-portfolio/galawhistle/
Nutberry Wind Farm (Operational), website: https://community.falckrenewables.eu/2016/05/03/nutberry/
163

Page 164

Website: www.thehagshawenergycluster.co.uk
Email:  info@thehagshawenergycluster.co.uk
Twitter: @HEnergyCluster
A Development Framework for the Hagshaw Energy Cluster
Planning for Net Zero
164

Page 165

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Community and Enterprise Resources Committee
Date of Meeting: 29 August 2023
Report by: Executive Director (Community and Enterprise
Resources)  
Subject: Whitemoss Tennis Courts – East Kilbride 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:- 
 advise the Committee of the forthcoming upgrade of Whitemoss Tennis Courts in
East Kilbride, fully funded by the Lawn Tennis Association via the Parks
Renovation Fund award
[1purpose]
2. Recommendations
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[ 
(1) that the forthcoming upgrade of Whitemoss Tennis Courts following a
successful external funding bid of £92,814 to the Lawn Tennis Association
(LTA) be noted; and
(2) that the obligations on South Lanarkshire Council (SLC) with respect to the
management and maintenance of the courts, as per the LTA funding criteria,
be noted. 
3. Background
3.1. In January 2022, SLC submitted an expression of interest to Tennis Scotland for
funding from their £12 million Parks Renovation Fund.  The Fund looks ‘to improve
the condition of parks across the country, improving playability, and helping
implement sustainable operating models and activity to safeguard the future of tennis
in parks for many generations to come’.
3.2. Tennis Scotland appointed the LTA (the National Governing Body of Tennis in Great
Britain) as park delivery partner to manage the Parks Investment Strategy and the
Parks Renovation Fund. 
3.3. A meeting was held in July 2022 with the LTA to discuss possible sites for the
funding.  It was confirmed that the 3 Whitemoss Tennis Courts in East Kilbride were
the most suitable and SLC should progress an application.  SLC had received
several complaints about the condition of these courts, and they had attracted
negative press for example., via Twitter (Andy and Judy Murray) and the Daily
Record.  South Lanarkshire Leisure and Culture (SLLC) and SLC have undertaken
limited investment in the courts, however, it was recognised that more significant
investment is required for a long-term solution.  A grant award from the Parks
Renovation Fund would deliver an all-weather court surface and introduce a
customer friendly booking system.
14
165

Page 166

4. Stakeholder Consultation and Funding Eligibility
4.1.  Stakeholder meetings were held to progress this project, with ongoing
communication and consultation between the LTA, SLLC and Tennis Scotland on the
fund’s terms and conditions and SLC/SLLC’s ability to meet the funding criteria as
detailed below:- 
 commit to use booking software called ‘Clubspark’ and SLLC to appear on the
LTA court search website, ‘LTA Rally’
 select and implement an operational model for court bookings and activities
 have a sustainability commitment to maintain the courts to a playable standard
and have adequate funding for eventual resurfacing.  Guideline for fund is
£1200 per court per year for 15 years
 commit to having one hour per week of organised free tennis activity
 commit to recreational competition offer through local tennis leagues 
4.2. SLC has committed to all these conditions and the LTA have approved the Council’s
feasibility costs and operational model. 
4.3. SLLC, in conjunction with Tennis Scotland, have produced a draft timetable for play
which incorporates free tennis and a commitment to recreational competition offer. 
4.4. A requirement of the funding award was the signing of the Grant Funding Agreement
by SLC by 31 July 2023.  The Agreement has been reviewed by Legal and
Procurement Services and has now been signed off via SLC’s Standing Orders. 
This report is, therefore, for noting. 
5. Customer Journey
5.1. At present, staff at the John Wright Sports Centre are responsible for routine
checking and responding to any issues.  As stated above, however, SLLC and SLC
have been able to undertake only limited investment (new linage and a new layer of
cresta) and this has only allowed for the courts to be playable over the summer
period.   
5.2. Part of the funding criteria is that the tennis courts should be a ‘stand-alone’ facility
and not part of a sports centre or SLLC membership; hence the requirement for
individuals to create an account on the LTA website which provides access to an
online booking system, Clubspark. 
5.3. On the booking of a court via Clubspark, the service-user will be provided with a pin
number, which will provide access to the court through the gate system.  Should the
user experience any issues at the gate, signage will be available providing options
on how to resolve this. 
6. Tennis Playing, Schedule and Pricing
6.1. The LTA funding criteria stipulates that there should be a mixture of ‘pay to play’,
‘freeplay’, and coached activity available.  It is intended that income generated from
the ‘pay to play’ will be used to sustain the courts’ condition over their lifespan. 
6.2. Prices will be set in line with SLLC’s pricing policy for tennis provision, and SLLC
have agreed to oversee the operation of the tennis courts and collection of income. 
6.3. SLLC has drafted an initial schedule of play, however, this schedule will be reviewed
to ensure it is both responding to booking patterns and maintaining the commitment
to free play and coaching activity.  At the moment, the draft schedule includes 28
166

Page 167

hours of free play per week during the spring/summer season, April to September,
and 21 hours per week during the autumn/winter season, October to March. 
6.4. This project will give the tennis courts at Whitemoss a welcome new lease of life,
helping many more people to pick up a racket, get active, and enjoy all the physical
and mental health benefits that tennis provides. 
7. Employee Implications
7.1. Implementation of the booking system will require staff input, however, this can be
achieved through existing resources. 
8. Financial Implications/Opportunities
8.1. General maintenance costs and repairs to the courts will be covered by the revenue
generated from pay to play. 
8.2. On the successful implementation of the courts, there is an option to introduce
season passes for a family which potentially could be more cost-effective for regular
players and increase income for SLC. 
9. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
9.1. Having low carbon facilities within South Lanarkshire communities is linked to the
objectives of the council’s Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy
(SDCCS).  One of the global sustainable development goals which is supported by
the council’s SDCCS is: Providing communities with safe and accessible sports
facilities promotes good health and wellbeing. 
10. Other Implications
10.1 The successful upgrade of the tennis courts aligns with SLLC’s vision for ‘healthier,
happier, more connected lives’, and the Council’s vision to ‘improve the lives and
prospects of everyone in South Lanarkshire. 
11. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangement
11.1 This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and, therefore, no impact
assessment is required. 
David Booth
Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources) 
7 August 2023 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
Values
 Focused on people and their needs 
Priorities
 We will work to put people first and reduce inequality
 We will work towards a sustainable future in sustainable places
 We will work to recover, progress and improve 
167

Page 168

Outcomes
 Our children and young people thrive
 Caring, connected, sustainable communities
 People live the healthiest lives possible
 Inspiring learners, transforming learning, strengthening partnerships 
Previous References
 None 
List of Background Papers
 None 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Elaine Melrose (Development Officer)
E-mail:-  elaine.melrose@southlanarkshire.gov.uk  
168

Page 169

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Community and Enterprise Resources Committee
Date of Meeting: 29 August 2023
Report by: Executive Director (Community and Enterprise
Resources)  
Subject: Roads Asset Management Plan - Update 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:- 
 provide an update on the Roads Asset Management Plan (RAMP) and outline the
condition of roads and related infrastructure assets 
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that the contents of the report be noted. 
3. Background 
3.1. The Executive Committee, at its meeting held on 22 September 2010, approved the
implementation of an extended model for Corporate Asset Management from 2011. 
This included developing Asset Plans across several service areas, in line with
Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CiPFA) guidance, and
summarised, under an overarching Corporate Asset Management Plan, which
demonstrates how each area supports corporate objectives.  The Service Areas are
Property, Housing, ICT, Roads Infrastructure and Fleet. 
3.2. The Corporate Asset Management Plan (AMP) is reviewed annually and, being the
Council’s single largest asset group, the Roads Asset Management Plan (RAMP) is a
key element of the corporate document. 
3.3. The development of RAMPs across Scotland provides an excellent example of
collaborative working across all 32 councils.  A 4-year project, in which all councils
participated, was completed in 2016.  The good progress achieved is now being
developed further via a successor project in which all Scottish councils are again
participating. 
3.4. The main purpose of developing the RAMP is to:- 
 ensure we have a sound knowledge of the extent and condition of our main asset
groups
 understand where any knowledge gaps exist and consider how these might be
addressed
 understand the level of current investment on each asset group and the
associated condition trend 
15
169

Page 170

3.5. The roads asset consists of the following main groups. 
Asset Type Asset Description and Components
Carriageway The part of the road used by vehicles. This asset group includes
drainage systems, lay-bys, bus lanes, traffic calming and verges.
Footways,
Footpaths
and
Cycleways
Footways – used by pedestrians adjacent to the carriageway.
Footpaths – used by pedestrians remote from the carriageway.
Cycleways – used by cyclists and in some cases pedestrians.
Pedestrianised Areas – generally located in town centres.
Structures Primarily bridges and culverts with a span greater than 0.9 metres
and retaining walls with minimum retained height of 1.35 metres.
Street
Lighting
Includes lamps, columns, ducts, cabling, control pillars, illuminated
road signs and bollards and festive lighting
Traffic
Management
Systems
Signalised junctions and pedestrian crossings, detection
equipment, ducts, and cabling
Street
Furniture
Vehicle restraint systems (safety fence) 
4. Carriageway Asset 
4.1. The Council is responsible for a total of 2,295 kilometres (1,426 miles) of carriageway.
The Council’s carriageway network is divided into 4 classifications A, B, C and
Unclassified. 
4.2. Inventory records are accurate for the lengths of road; however, the widths of the road
are estimated based on classification of the road.  Over time, these widths will be
collected and added into our network management system and will aid with
quantification and refinement of the valuation of the carriageway asset. 
4.3. The Gross Replacement Cost of the recorded carriageway asset for South Lanarkshire
Council, as derived in 2018 utilising the Asset Valuation tool developed by Society of
Chief Officers of Transportation in Scotland (SCOTS), is £2.263 billion. 
4.4. Safety inspections are carried out in accordance with the Guidance Document for
Road Safety Inspections and Defect Categorisations.  This manual takes cognisance
of the guidance contained within Well Managed Highway Infrastructure Code of
Practice.  These safety inspections are carried out on a monthly, three monthly or
annual basis depending on the hierarchy of the carriageway. 
4.5. In addition to these inspections, regulatory inspections to deliver our obligations under
the New Roads and Street Works Act 1991 (NRSWA) and the Transport Scotland Act
2005 (2019 legislation currently being implemented) are also carried out. 
4.6. Annually, the Scottish Roads Maintenance Condition Survey (SRMCS) is undertaken
on our road network by SCOTS nominated contractor WDM Ltd.  This survey tackles
100% of our A class carriageways in one direction, with the other direction being
surveyed the following year.  50% of our B and C class roads are surveyed with the
whole of the B and C class network being surveyed over a 4-year period.  Only 10% of
our unclassified road network is completed each year.  This survey produces our
Road Condition Index (RCI) based on the percentages above and applied to the whole
170

Page 171

of the network.  The survey identifies for each 10-metre section of road whether it falls
into the red category (requires maintenance) amber (should be considered for
maintenance) or green (serviceable).  The RCI is published each year as a national
performance indicator. 
4.7. In 2017, the backlog for carriageway maintenance across Scotland was recalculated
by WDM Ltd, based on the latest SRMCS survey data at the time.  The backlog
calculation for the South Lanarkshire Council road network was £90.420 million in
2018.  This is the sum of money required to be invested in a single year to bring our
road network back to a serviceable standard.  This backlog figure had reduced from
£137 million in 2013 and was welcomed.  However, the backlog figure is expected to
be updated in 2023, and it is anticipated that this could increase significantly due to
both inflationary pressures and a deteriorating network. 
4.8. The condition of our carriageways has regressed following the recent survey as outlined
in the table below.  The latest RCI data indicates that 30.8 % of our network is in need
of maintenance treatment which is an increase of 1.1% since the previous year.  The RCI is
the combined value of the red and amber categories referenced at 4.6 and, overall, a
lower figure is better. 
4.9 Full trend charts showing the Road Condition Index for A, B, C and Unclassified roads
are shown in Appendix A.  The condition of A Class roads has largely remained static,
B has regressed and C and unclassified noticeably regressed. 
4.10. Our position in Scotland in terms of RCI ranking has declined as shown below from
our highest ranking of 7th reported over the period 2018 to 2020 to position 12 over the
most recent survey period 2021 to 2023.  This notes a drop of 2 places since last
year’s survey and once again, the lower figure indicates the better performance.  
37.5 37.5 38 37.5 36.8
35.9
33.8 33.5 33.1
31.8 31.2
30.3 30.6
29.7
30.8
20
25
30
35
40
South Lanarkshire Network
RCI
171

Page 172

4.11. An independent assessment was undertaken by WDM Ltd to calculate the Steady
State cost for South Lanarkshire’s network in 2018.  The steady state is the amount of
investment required to maintain the road network in its current condition.  Based on the
network condition in 2018, the steady state figure, which is based upon the
needs/condition of the carriageway network, is £12.500 million. 
4.12. It should be recognised that 5 years on, and given significant and observed increases
in construction costs, that the equivalent steady state figure is likely to have increased
significantly.  This figure is expected to be updated this financial year as noted at
paragraph 4.7. 
4.13. It should be borne in mind that the steady state figure is an estimate, rather than an
actual figure and it is important to note that the need to improve the condition of the
road network is assessed on an individual basis to support and justify expenditure.  It
must also be noted that the current steady state figure does not take account of the
significant construction inflation that the industry is presently encountering. 
4.14. In simple terms, projects are costing much more than before, and the equivalent scale
of works are not presently possible with the same level of investment.  During financial
year 2022/2023 we encountered inflationary increases of 23% but during this current
financial year we have seen a further 30% increase in our costs. 
4.15. During this financial year 2023/2024, approximately £8.145 million capital investment
is being directed towards carriageway improvements.  Whilst combined with the recent
inflationary increases our real term spend falls below that required to maintain the
current condition of our network (steady state).  It should be noted that the cost to
recover the condition of a deteriorated road network is far higher than annual steady
state funding. 
5. Footway Asset
5.1. The Council is responsible for a total of 2,425 kilometres (1,506 miles) of footway.  It
should be noted that this figure represents adopted footways/footpaths only and there
are other footpaths that are maintained by other parts of the Council or third parties. 
Most of the adopted footway network is contained within the urban area. 
19
16 17 18 19 19
13 14
13
10
9
7 8
10 12
0
4
8
12
16
20
24
28
32
South Lanarkshire Network (out of 32
RA's)
Network
172

Page 173

5.2. The length of footway network is an estimated length based on there being two
footways on each length of carriageway within the urban area.  All the footways have
been estimated as having a 2-metre width.  The footway asset Gross Replacement
Cost of the recorded asset is presently estimated at £612.7 million and this figure is
expected to be updated during 2023. 
5.3 Inspection arrangements and maintenance categories are similar to those for
carriageways in terms of the nature of inspections, but the frequencies can vary
depending on the hierarchy. 
5.4. There is no national condition survey for footways similar to that which is undertaken
for carriageways.  Instead, priorities for resurfacing are established via the local
knowledge of our officers considering the condition of a footway and its level of use. 
5.5. A sample survey of 59.2% of our estimated footway length was undertaken in calendar
years 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017 which indicated that 16.2% of our footways should
be considered for maintenance purposes.  This figure is likely to have increased since
the sample survey.  Updating this figure is very resource intensive and it is not
presently considered viable at this time. 
5.6. The estimated steady state figure for footway maintenance is £0.800 million and we
are currently investing above this level as noted below. 
5.7. Following the participatory budgeting investment in roads and footpaths completed in
2021/2022, a second phase of investment was agreed in 2022/2023 that would deliver
further improvements of £2.500 million.  This was supplemented by the addition of
£1.000 million of the Service’s own investment funding.  This investment of £3.500
million was focussed on improving footways which formed part of our adopted footway
network to make our towns and villages safer for pedestrians, supporting healthy
lifestyles through physical activity and improving the look and feel of our environment. 
5.8. As a result of operational capacity and weather-related events an element of the
2022/2023 funding was carried forward to 2023/2024.  During 2023/2024 £1.000
million of the Service’s own capital investment funding will be allocated to improving
our adopted footway network. 
6. Lighting Asset
6.1. The Council has 60,349 lighting columns, 66,165 luminaires, 2,272 Control Pillars and
an estimated 1,976 kilometres (1228 miles) of cabling.  Inventory records for lighting
columns, luminaires and control pillars are accurate, however, inventory of the cabling
network and knowledge of its condition is limited as most of it is underground. 
6.2. The percentage of lighting columns exceeding their design life is 36%, giving the
Council the sixth oldest lighting column stock in Scotland.  The cost to replace all these
columns at current rates would be £37.26 million. The cost to maintain the lighting
asset in its current condition (steady state) is £1.000 million.  This should be
considered relative to existing capital and revenue funding totalling £0.640 million. 
6.3. The trend in columns beyond their design life has increased slightly in the last year,
from 35.7% to 36.0% due to the age profile of the lighting asset. 
7. Structures Asset
7.1. The Council is responsible for a total of 778 structures which includes road bridges,
footbridges, culverts, and subways together with a currently unquantified number of
road related retaining walls.
173

Page 174

7.2. Good records are held for most of these assets, however, there are currently limited
records held by the Council in respect of road related retaining walls. 
7.3. The current Gross Replacement Cost of the Structures asset is estimated at £546.5
million.  This figure does not include the replacement cost of any road related retaining
walls. 
7.4. Bridge inspections are carried out in accordance with the guidance and
recommendations of the “Well Managed Highway Infrastructure: A Code of Practice”
published by the UK Roads Liaison Group.  This recently published Code encourages
the use of a risk-based approach toward identifying bridge inspection intervals.  At
present, General Inspections are carried out every two years and Principal Inspections
every six years on all structures with a span more than 0.9m.  More frequent
inspections are carried out on structures where more specific monitoring of condition
is appropriate (e.g. where assessments have indicated potential capacity issues). 
7.5. Routine repairs that are identified during the bridge inspection process are prioritised
considering the severity and extent of the defect which has been observed. 
7.6. There are 102 steel bridges across the structures asset.  Properly specified and
applied protective paint systems are expensive but serve to prolong the life span of
steel structures and can substantially extend intervals between maintenance and
repair operations.  The introduction of a formalised maintenance painting regime for
our steel bridges would be of significant benefit, however, this work is tackled on a
needs basis as funding permits. 
7.7. Investment during 2022/2023 on bridge maintenance and renewal was £2.480 million. 
This figure represents a minor increase upon the 2021/2022 budget allocation, but it
should be noted that this includes targeted investment for two major bridge
replacement projects (Clyde and Ponfeigh Bridges) which occurred during 2022/2023. 
Major capital investment of circa £6.600 million is being directed towards Clyde Bridge
during 2023/2024. 
7.8. The cost to maintain the structures asset in its current condition (steady state) is
£6.010 million and, excluding major capital projects, investment across capital and
revenue during 2023/2024 is expected to be circa £0.747 million. 
7.9. In addition to the inspection process discussed above, a national assessment
programme, carried out to determine the suitability (i.e. strength) of the bridge assets
for the introduction of 40/44 tonne vehicles onto the road network, revealed 123
bridges to have a load bearing capacity below current standards.  A comprehensive
bridge strengthening programme has, in recent years, seen excellent progress in
addressing the Council’s weak bridges.  Of the 123 bridges which failed the
assessment, only 16 remain to be addressed.  These are subject to an enhanced
monitoring and inspection regime. 
7.10. The bridge assessment process included a risk analysis of vehicle containment
characteristics at each bridge location.  The results of the analysis revealed that, in
terms of risk and containment, parapets on 8% of the Council’s bridge stock require to
be upgraded.  A programme to improve vehicle containment capability at these
structures has been initiated.  Due to competing priorities, there were no further
containment upgrades undertaken in 2022/2023 and 52 structures remain outstanding
as a priority for the implementation of improvement measures. 
174

Page 175

7.11. If current funding levels continue to be provided and depending on the nature and
priority afforded to other commitments arising, the completion of several containment
improvement schemes per year is anticipated.  Again, in terms of risk and
containment, the need for upgrading works at the remaining 92% of bridges is currently
considered low.  It should be recognised that some of these parapets do have
containment issues, but the level of risk is low given the site characteristics. 
7.12. The condition of all highway structures is determined following a General or Principal
Inspection and rated in accordance with the ADEPT Bridge Condition Index (BCI)
Guidance. BCI values are generated from ratings apportioned to the severity and
extent of defects recorded during a bridge inspection and can be interpreted broadly
as the percentage condition score of a bridge or a group of bridges.  Separate BCI
figures are derived to account for the condition of all structural elements of a bridge
(BCIav) and for the condition of those elements defined as being of very high
importance (BCIcrit).  The condition indicators for the entire bridge stock as a single
group over the past 6 years are as follows, noting the higher figure indicates better
condition. 
Year BCIa
v
BCIc
rit
2017/2018 83.83 72.20
2018/2019 83.68 72.11
2019/2020 82.51 70.39
2020/2021 81.87 68.76
2021/2022 81.21 68.48
2022/2023 81.22 68.53 
7.13. It may be observed from the second and third columns in the above table that BCIav
and BCIcrit values for the entire asset fluctuate slightly over time but have remained
within the range of “good condition” (BCI value 80-90) and “fair condition” (BCI value
65-80) respectively throughout the last six years.  A minimal positive increase in the
value of both condition indicators was recorded in 2022/2023.  While welcome, it
should be noted, however, that there has been a reduction in the value of both
indicators over the past 6 years which represents an overall and ongoing deterioration
in asset condition within that timescale. 
7.14. The assembly of a register of road related retaining walls within South Lanarkshire
commenced in 2014/2015.  The retaining wall asset will be of significant magnitude
and the formation of the database which will contain several thousand items is a long-
term commitment for the Council.  The code of practice suggests that all road related
retaining walls should be subject to the same type of inspection regime as is currently
carried out on bridges and culverts (see section 7.4). 
8. Traffic Signals
8.1. The Council is responsible for 232 sets of traffic signals and controlled pedestrian
crossings.  The numbers and different types of installations are listed below:- 
 111 Traffic Signals
 67 Puffins
 11 Pelicans
 43 Toucans 
8.2. South Lanarkshire has an ageing traffic signal and pedestrian crossing asset base,
with many utilising older and energy inefficient technology.  In recent years, the Council
175

Page 176

has initiated a programme to replace older traffic signals and pedestrian crossings with
modern ones.  The replacement of an average traffic signal junction costs in the region
of £285,000 and a pedestrian crossing around £85,000.  The existing level of funding
generally allows for the renewal of one traffic signal junction per year or 3 pedestrian
crossings. 
8.3. External funding does allow other infrastructure to be renewed but this is a changing
situation as it is dependent on the availability of funding and our ability for a project to
meet grant conditions.  These new installations both maximise the safety benefits to
all road users and improve the flow of traffic using modern computer control systems
such as Microprocessor Optimised Vehicle Actuation (MOVA) and Split Cycle Offset
Optimisation Technique (SCOOT). 
8.4. Typically, the Service receives and respond to approximately 1,200 traffic signal faults
annually.  In 2021/2022, officers dealt with 1,140 faults and, in 2022/2023, this
increased to 1,270. 
8.5. The gross replacement value of all traffic signal apparatus is currently estimated at a
value of £45.1 million.  The cost to maintain the traffic signal asset in its current
condition (steady state) is £1.82 million. 
8.6. In 2023/2024, funding of around £0.462 million will be directed towards investment in
traffic signal infrastructure.  This comprises some £0.312 million of external funding
and £0.150 million of capital funding. 
8.7. At present, the Council is developing a 15-year lifecycle plan, although the
replacement of each asset is still assessed on an individual need’s basis. Any plan
longer than this would result in reliability issues arising and, over recent years, some
installations have failed, resulting in emergency replacement works being necessary. 
The Council currently has 31 sets of traffic signals and 52 pedestrian crossings
(representing 35% of our assets) that are 15 years old or older.  This is an increase of
5 sets of traffic signals and the status quo for pedestrian crossings compared to the
previous year. 
8.8. It should also be noted that there is no guarantee that, after September 2023, there
will be a supply of incandescent lamps due to a change in legislation prohibiting their use
and with the reducing demand, lighting manufactures ceasing their manufacture.  The
Council currently has supply for 15 sets of traffic signals and 22 pedestrian crossings
that use these incandescent lamps. 
8.9. The age of the equipment is increasing quicker than replacement equipment is being
installed, therefore, the trend for the overall condition of the asset continues to regress
each year.  While these older installations continue to operate, the risk of them failing
is higher than at other locations with potentially greater impact if they fail during a busy
period of the year. 
9. Street Furniture – Vehicle Restraint Systems
9.1. There are currently 515 vehicle restraint systems, totalling 43.3km.  Approximately
20% of the systems have reached the end of their serviceable life (life expired) due to
having timber posts suffering from rot as opposed to steel posts.  Some systems have
also suffered from extensive corrosion. 
9.2. Approximately 10% of existing systems are damaged, and an estimated 95% of the
systems surveyed would not comply with current design standards, although there is
no need to retrospectively replace older installations unless they have suffered
176

Page 177

significant damage and need replacement.  Repairs are prioritised in line with available
funding. 
9.3. The estimated gross replacement cost of the vehicle restraint systems which would
bring the systems up to current standards is £12.97 million.  The estimated cost to
replace older systems is £8.6 million.  The estimated annual cost to maintain the asset
in its current condition (steady state) is £0.400 million and at present investment in
limited in this area and on a reactive basis. 
10. Conclusions and Summary
10.1. Roads and related infrastructure keep our communities and businesses connected. 
Businesses use it to deliver goods and services, buses travel along it, people use it to
travel to work and communities to access shopping, learning, healthcare, and active
travel priorities. 
10.2. This paper sets out the overall condition of this infrastructure and important matters to
note are as follows:- 
 Carriageways: The condition of our carriageways has started to regress as
shown in the recent survey results.  We should expect a further deterioration in
the condition of our carriageway asset as a result of the current levels of road
maintenance investment combined with high levels of inflation. 
 Footways/Footpaths: At least 16.2% of our network requires to be considered
for maintenance but it should be noted that investment has been increased
significantly in recent years. 
 Structures: Bridge condition is generally good to fair although the overall trend
has been one of slow deterioration.  Good progress has been made in dealing
with bridges assessed as being inadequate for current loading standard,
however, greater investment is required in the maintenance of the bridge stock
to arrest the general deterioration in condition and continuing attention is
additionally required to the many bridges with sub-standard parapets.  The recent
specific investment commitment to replace two bridges in Clydesdale is
welcomed. 
 Street Lighting: Recent investment has reduced energy use by approximately
half and replaced 7,253 of the oldest lighting columns representing significant
progress.  Current investment is focusing on targeting columns over their critical
age, to maintain a ‘steady state’ position.  The percentage of lighting columns
exceeding their design life is 36%. 
 Traffic Management Systems: The overall condition of traffic signal equipment
is deteriorating as the current replacement programme is not sufficient to upgrade
the number of installations that are greater than 15 years in age. 
 Street Furniture: The condition of vehicle restraint systems is such that a
significant number are beyond their design life and require to be improved. 
10.3. Investment in roads and related infrastructure is necessary to lock in and retain the
benefits of previous and significant investment levels to date.  Capital and revenue
investment opportunities for the asset groups discussed above must also be
considered in line with many other competing priorities across the Council. 
177

Page 178

10.4. Substantial and sustained levels of construction inflation have significantly reduced
the amount of works we can carry out for the budget we have available.  We have
already noted a deterioration in the condition of our critical infrastructure, and this is
expected to continue in the short term and possibly accelerate. 
10.5. In addition, our road network remains vulnerable to the impacts of extreme weather,
climate change and public utility openings.  Severe weather continues to directly
impact our roads and assets which further increases the pressure on our finite
resources available to maintain the condition of our network. 
11. Employee Implications
11.1. There are no current employee implications associated with this report. 
11.2. The current backlog of repairs has the potential to increase demand on our
engineering and technical employee resources.  Any increase in the backlog is likely
to see a further increase in the levels of complaints, road defects and public liability
claims, and an appropriate level of employee resources will be required to manage
this workload. 
12. Financial Implications
12.1. Since our Roads Investment Programme was completed in March 2019 the Council
has continued to invest a large and significant proportion of available capital funding,
largely at that of steady state levels to maintain the condition of our network.  However,
in recent years significant financial challenges associated with the COVID-19
pandemic and more recently construction inflation have been encountered. 
12.2. As noted earlier, projects are costing much more than before, and the equivalent scale
of works are not presently possible with the same level of investment.  This point must
be considered should the overall condition of the asset groups be expected, at least,
to be maintained to the same level. 
12.3. Moving forward, pressure across Council budgets is likely to impact on the level of
funding that is available and can, in the short term, be directed at these road
infrastructure asset groups. 
12.4. Similarly, opportunities will be taken to secure and lever in new sources of funding
including external partner funding where possible.  Success has already been
achieved in securing external funding for traffic signal and active travel investment. 
13. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
13.1. Policy and asset management directed at maintaining, improving, or making road and
transport infrastructure safe and resilient is essential to support economic and
sustainability priorities. 
13.2. The financial challenges discussed earlier in the report will make it difficult to fund
improvements that will make our road network more resilient to the impacts of climate
change. 
14. Other Implications
14.1. There are no other implications or risk in relation to the information contained within
this report. 
178

Page 179

15. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
15.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and, therefore, no impact assessment
is required. 
David Booth
Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources) 
7 August 2023 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes 
Values
 Focused on people and their needs
 Working with and respecting others
 Accountable, effective, efficient and transparent
 Ambitious, self-aware and improving
 Fair, open and sustainable 
Priorities
 We will work to put people first and reduce inequality
 We will work towards a sustainable future in sustainable places
 We will work to recover, progress and improve 
Outcomes
 Our children and young people thrive
 Good quality, suitable and sustainable places to live
 Caring, connected, sustainable communities 
 People live the healthiest lives possible 
Previous References
 Community and Enterprise Resources Committee – 13 December 2022 
List of Background Papers
 Roads Asset Management Plan – 2023 Update 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:- 
Colin Park, Head of Roads, Transportation and Fleet Services
Tel: 07795 090 494
E-mail: colin.park@southlanarkshire.gov.uk
179

Page 180

180

Page 181

Appendix A
RCI Charts for A, B, C and Unclassified Roads 
32.3
29.7 30.1
31.8
30.4
25.0
22.7
23.7 24.1 24.5 25.0 25.3
26.2 25.6 26.1
20.0
22.0
24.0
26.0
28.0
30.0
32.0
34.0
RCI Value
South Lanarkshire B Class
B Class
15
181

Page 182

44.1
41.4 41.5
44.6
41.1
40.0
38.9
36.9
37.9
37.1 36.7
37.7 37.6
34.9
35.6
33.0
35.0
37.0
39.0
41.0
43.0
45.0
RCI Value
South Lanarkshire C Class
C Class
37.8
39.5
40.5
38.7 39.0 39.5
37.0 36.8
35.5
33.4
32.3
30.3 30.5 29.9
31.6
28.0
30.0
32.0
34.0
36.0
38.0
40.0
42.0
RCI Value
South Lanarkshire Unclassified
U Class
182